#This file was created by <lasgoutt> Fri Jan 30 17:52:11 1998
#LyX 0.12 (C) 1995-1998 Matthias Ettrich and the LyX Team
\lyxformat 2.15
\textclass book
\begin_preamble
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
%
% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected.  If you
% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact 
% the documentation team intead of messing around in here.  --jpw 4/97

%% Widens the vertical table spacing
%%
\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em}


%% Provides certain commands which are missing.
%%
\DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{%
{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}%
}
\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{%
{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}%
}
\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{%
{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}%
}
\DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{%
{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}%
}


%% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding. 
%%
\DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash}


%% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings.
%%
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{%
\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright}
\hspace{-0.7em}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{%
\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright}
\hspace{-0.7em}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{%
\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{%
\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{%
D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{%
\ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}}
\hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{%
\textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p}
}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{%
p\hspace{-0.55em}l
}
\end_preamble
\language default
\inputencoding latin1
\fontscheme default
\graphics default
\paperfontsize default
\spacing single 
\papersize letterpaper
\paperpackage a4
\use_geometry 0
\use_amsmath 0
\paperorientation portrait
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 3
\paragraph_separation indent
\defskip medskip
\quotes_language english
\quotes_times 2
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 1
\paperpagestyle headings

\layout Title

The LyX User's Guide
\layout Author

by the LyX Team
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents

\end_inset 


\layout Chapter

Introduction
\layout Section

What Is LyX?
\layout Standard

LyX is a program that provides a more modern approach to writing documents
 with a computer, an approach that breaks with the obsolete tradition of
 the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

typewriter concept.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 It is designed for authors who want professional output quickly with a
 minimum of effort without becoming specialists in typesetting.
 Compared to common word processors, LyX will increase productivity a lot,
 since the job of typesetting is done mostly by the computer, not the author.
 With LyX, the author can concentrate on the contents of her writing, since
 the computer takes care of the look.
\layout Standard

Technically this is done by combining the comfortable interface of a word
 processor with the high quality of a real typesetting system.
 LyX uses the most popular and, in our opinion, best typesetting system
 available: LaTeX.
 LaTeX is used for a wide range of documents, especially in science.
 For example, it's difficult to find a mathematics or computer science book
 that is not done with LaTeX.
 So, some people claim that its main purpose is mathematical typesetting.
 This isn't true.
 LaTeX is equally good for writing letters, articles, books, or any other
 kind of document, and does so much better than common word processors.
 What prevents some people from using this powerful, free typesetting system,
 one that is available for almost every computer system, is its difficult
 usage.
 With plain LaTeX, you need to enter a series of typesetting commands into
 the text in order to produce your document.
 As a result, you get no visual feedback until you feed your document to
 the LaTeX program.
 It's also difficult to read these documents before they have been printed.
 So, online editing isn't very easy.
 This is where LyX enters the game.
\layout Standard

LyX provides an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

almost-WYSIWYG
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 view of the document.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Almost
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 means that the line- and page-breaks are not displayed exactly as they
 will appear in the printed document.
 However, that's not really necessary, since LyX uses a separate typesetter
 program [here, LaTeX] to perform the final formatting of your text.
 While LyX contains everything it needs to be a comfortable user interface,
 the typesetting program contains everything necessary to format text, and
 do so very, very well.
 There's no need to reinvent the wheel, after all.
 Besides, computers are best at following a set of rules, and doing so repeatedl
y and consistently.
 Why should you do extra work remembering which subsubsection in which section
 in which chapter you're in, what numbering scheme your using, how big the
 different headings are, what font you used for the different types of headings,
 and so on, and so on, and so on, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 when a computer can do all of that for
 you? The answer is simple: you shouldn't, and with LyX, you don't have
 to.
 So, line- and page-breaks aren't your problem anymore.
 Remembering which number to use for the next subsection isn't your problem
 anymore.
 Recalling what font you used for all of your section headings isn't your
 problem anymore.
 With LyX, you simply choose a so-called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

paragraph environment.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 That's it.
 You're done.
\layout Standard

This gives you far more power than you may think.
 No longer do you need to scroll through a 75 page document, changing all
 of the section numbers because you deleted an old section.
 You could even pick a section, heading and all, up out of one document
 and drop it in a new one.
 LyX does the renumbering for you, adds the section to the Table of Contents,
 and more! Because you tell LyX [and LaTeX] what 
\emph on 
kind
\emph default 
 of document you're editing and what 
\emph on 
type
\emph default 
 of paragraph this-or-that text is, the computer can typeset it accordingly.
 Cut some paragraphs from an old document [say, an article] and paste them
 in a completely different one, [say, a letter] and LyX does the rest.
 Of course you can also still do some low-level formatting for fine-tuning.
 However, the proper way with LyX is to tell the computer what the text
 
\emph on 
is
\emph default 
, not what it should look like.
 So, we like to say that LyX gives you WYSIWYM editing [What You See Is
 What You 
\emph on 
Mean
\emph default 
].
\layout Standard

Some people might be tempted to call LyX a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

frontend to LaTeX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 This isn't quite fair.
 LyX performs some typesetting internally to generate the correct look on
 the screen.
 Furthermore, LyX has some extensions to LaTeX specially designed to work
 with the WYSIWYM-concept.
 So, it's actually better to call LyX a 
\emph on 
High Level Wordprocessor
\emph default 
 that uses LaTeX as its backend.
\layout Section

About This Document
\layout Standard

If you haven't read the 
\emph on 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Introduction
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 
\emph default 
, you need to.
 Yes, we mean now.
\layout Standard

The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
Introduction
\emph default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 describes several things, most importantly, the format of all of the manuals.
 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
 of this one.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
Introduction
\emph default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 describes that, too.
\layout Standard

A full list of credits, containing of the LyX Documentation Project member,
 appears at the end of this file.
\layout Section

Getting Started
\layout Subsection

Invoking LyX
\layout Standard

Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
 by simply typing 
\family typewriter 
lyx
\family default 
 at the command line.
 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
 names.
 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
 already done that in the 
\family typewriter 
man
\family default 
 page for LyX.
 Check there for more info.
\layout Standard

There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
\layout Itemize

If you include more than one file name on the command line, LyX will load
 them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
 More on that in a bit.
\layout Itemize

Many of you X-perts out there will try, in vain, to use the 
\family typewriter 
-geometry
\family default 
 option or its cousin, which has the form: 
\family typewriter 
-80x24+5+5
\family default 
.
 For now, there is a workaround via the options 
\family typewriter 
-height
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
-width
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
-xpos
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
-ypos
\family default 
.
 
\layout Subsection

How LyX Looks
\layout Subsubsection

The Main Window
\layout Standard

Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
 its window.
 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
 documents.
 At the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
 of text.
 This is the 
\emph on 
minibuffer
\emph default 
 [a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs].
 It not only displays status information, but takes input, as well.
\layout Standard

Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
 next line.
 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
 only a vertical scrollbar.
\layout Standard

There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
 This, however, is due
 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
 the LyX window.
 That is indeed a problem, one which will be resolved in a future version
 of LyX.
\layout Subsubsection

Popups
\layout Standard

Ever heard of a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

dialog box?
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 We LyXers like to call them popups windows, or popups for short.
 Almost all of the LyX popups have three basic buttons: 
\family sans 
OK
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Cancel
\family default 
.
 The first and last ones are self-explanatory.
 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
 button works similarly to the 
\family sans 
OK
\family default 
 button, in that it activates whatever changes you made in the popup; however,
 it doesn't close the popup, like 
\family sans 
OK
\family default 
 does.
 Actually, pressing the 
\family sans 
OK
\family default 
 button is exactly the same as pressing 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
 to commit the changes and then 
\family sans 
Cancel
\family default 
 to close the popup.
 The three buttons also have shortcut keys: 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
OK
\family default 
 is bound to the 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 key, as in most programs
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
 is bound to 
\family sans 
M-a
\family default 
 [as you might expect]
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Cancel
\family default 
 is bound to the 
\family sans 
Esc
\family default 
 key.
\layout Standard

There are some popups that have different buttons.
 Not to worry, they're typically self-explanatory.
 We just wanted to document somewhere what that 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
 does.
\layout Subsection

HELP!
\layout Standard

First, the bad news: the help system is not as thoughrough or idiot-proof
 as in many commercial applications.
 Patience.
 We're working on it.
\layout Standard

Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
 You can read 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 of the manuals from inside LyX.
 Just select the manual you want read from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
elp
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Standard

While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
 Here's what one of our authors, 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
, once said about manuals:
\layout Quotation

I hate manuals.
\layout Quotation

Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
 They are aggravating.
 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, et cetera, ad nauseum.
 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
 then they should sit down and learn 
\emph on 
before
\emph default 
 they start up a major piece of software.
\layout Quotation

Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
 stupid.
 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
 and intimidated, not stupid.
 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
 - jw
\layout Section

The LyX Interface
\layout Subsection

Basic File Operations
\layout Standard

Under the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
N
\bar default 
ew
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
New from 
\bar under 
t
\bar default 
emplate
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
pen
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
lose
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ave
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Save
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
evert to saved
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rint
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
it
\layout Standard

They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
 a few minor differences.
 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile->New from template
\family default 
 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
 you for a template to use.
 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
 [see sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}

\end_inset 

]
\layout Standard

Note: There is no 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

default file
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or document named 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Untitled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

scratch.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
evert to saved
\family default 
 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
 time
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
 in LyX also.
 Read 
\emph on 
Special Tools
\emph default 
\SpecialChar \@.

\end_float 
.
 It will simply reload the document from disk.
 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
 and want to restore it to the last save.
\layout Standard

The second matter of note concerns the commands 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile->
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
lose
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile->E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
it
\family default 
.
 They both feature a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

nag box
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to save us all from our own stupidity.
 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
 be informed that there are unsaved files.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Some of you will know that previous versions of LyX would crash if you tried
 to kill the window from the window manager [i.e.
 double-clicking the upper left corner].
 This has been fixed in 0.12, so it's safe to do that now.
\end_float 
\layout Subsection

Basic Editing Features
\layout Standard

Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
 access them.
 We'll start with cut and paste.
\layout Standard

As you might expect, the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
 Some of these are special and covered in later sections, such as the 
\family sans 
Flo
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
ts
\protected_separator 
&
\protected_separator 
Insets 
\family default 
submenu.
 The basic ones are:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
ut
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
C
\bar under 
o
\bar default 
py
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aste
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ind
\protected_separator 
&
\protected_separator 
Replace
\layout Standard

The first three are self-explanatory.
 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
 That is, the 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 
 keys also functions as the 
\family sans 
Cut
\family default 
 command.
 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
 it with what you just typed.
 You'll have to do an 
\family sans 
Undo
\family default 
 to get back the lost text.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit->
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ind
\protected_separator 
&
\protected_separator 
Replace
\family default 
 item opens the 
\family sans 
Find
\protected_separator 
&
\protected_separator 
Replace
\family default 
 popup.
 LyX does its find and replace work a little bit differently than certain
 commercial programs.
 Obviously, the text you want to find goes in the 
\family sans 
Fi
\bar under 
n
\bar default 
d
\family default 
 box.
 The two arrow buttons search backward and forward, respectively [it's obvious
 which does which].
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

These two arrows can be accessed from the keyboard via the shortcuts 
\family sans 
M-f
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
M-b
\family default 
 for forward and back.
\end_float 
 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
 Hitting the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
eplace
\family default 
 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the 
\family sans 
Replace
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
w
\bar default 
ith
\family default 
 box.
\layout Standard

Let's state that again: you can't do a replace unless you've done a find
 first.
\layout Standard

To repeat a replace, click the arrow key to find the next/previous word,
 then hit the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
eplace
\family default 
 button.
 There is no operation to do a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

replace all
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 [At least not yet\SpecialChar \ldots{}
]
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Case sensitive
\family default 
 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
 the search word.
 If the toggle is set, searching for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
Match
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 will not match the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
match
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Match Word
\family default 
 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
 I.e.
 searching for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
match
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 will not match 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
matches
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

Undo and Redo
\layout Standard

If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
 LyX has an infinite-capacity undo/redo buffer.
 Select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit->
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 to undo some mistake.
 If you accidently undo too much, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit->
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

undo the undo.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

You can't use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 beyond the most recent change.
 Likewise, you can't 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 beyond the first change you made after opening the file.
 In such situations, the corresponding menu entries are greyed out.
 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
 it was last saved, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

changed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
 This is a known bug.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 work on almost everything in LyX.
 They have some quirks, too.
 They won't 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
 hopefully appreciate how it works.
 Also, 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 does not work inside of math mode.
 Tip: if you enter 
\family sans 
Math mode
\family default 
, change an equation, then leave math mode, 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 will revert to the old version of the equation, the one which existed before
 you entered 
\family sans 
Math mode
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Basic Mouse Bindings
\layout Standard

We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
 can do with the mouse.
 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
\layout Enumerate

Motion
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Click the 
\emph on 
left mouse button
\emph default 
 once anywhere in the edit window.
 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
\layout Itemize

The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Scroll Bar
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

The scrollbar in LyX works pretty much as any other scrollbar around, except
 that we've enhanced it a bit.
 The scrollbar arrow buttons can do more than meets the eye:
\layout Itemize

Use the 
\emph on 
left mouse button
\emph default 
 to scroll by one line in the direction of the arrow.
\layout Itemize

Use the 
\emph on 
right mouse button
\emph default 
 to scroll a page in the 
\emph on 
same
\emph default 
 direction as the arrow.
\layout Itemize

Use the 
\emph on 
middle mouse button
\emph default 
 to scroll a page in the 
\emph on 
opposite
\emph default 
 direction of the arrow.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

References
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Click on the 
\emph on 
left mouse button
\emph default 
 to jump to the referenced section.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Selecting Text
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Hold down the 
\emph on 
left mouse button
\emph default 
 and drag the mouse.
 LyX selects the text between the old and new mouse positions.
 This is similar to how other programs work.
\layout Itemize

Click the 
\emph on 
middle mouse button
\emph default 
 to paste text.
 LyX repositions the cursor under the mouse and puts the pasted material
 into the text at that position.
 Also, if you've selected any text, LyX copies it into the paste buffer
 and pastes it.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Single click
\emph default 
 
\emph on 
the 
\emph default 
left mouse button to open or close any of these.
 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Tables
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Single click the right mouse button
\emph default 
 to open a pop-up that will allow you to manipulate the table.
\end_deeper 
\layout Subsection

Basic Key Bindings
\layout Standard

Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
 You should know how to use a keyboard by now.
 Besides, the 
\emph on 
Reference manual
\emph default 
 contains a complete list of 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 of the keybindings.
\layout Standard

Some keys, like 
\family sans 
PageUp
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
PageDown
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Left
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Right
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Up
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Down
\family default 
, do exactly what you expect them to do.
 Other keys don't:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Tab
\family default 
 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
 If you don't understand this, go read Section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}

\end_inset 

, especially sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}

\end_inset 

, right now.
 Yes, right now.
 If you're still confused, look in the 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Esc
\family default 
 This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cancel key.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Home
\family default 

\protected_separator 
and
\protected_separator 

\family sans 
End
\family default 
 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 

\protected_separator 
and
\protected_separator 

\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 
\emph on 
If
\emph default 
 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System, 
\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 
 works as expected and 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 deletes the character to the right of the cursor [if no text is selected].
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
 by that, go read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}

\end_inset 

 immediately.
 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Then there are the modifier keys:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Control-
\family default 
 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
 in combination with:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

With 
\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
\layout Itemize

With 
\family sans 
Left
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\family default 
, it moves by words instead of characters.
\layout Itemize

With 
\family sans 
Home
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
End
\family default 
, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Shift-
\family default 
 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
 and new cursor positions.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Meta-
\family default 
 As we noted earlier, this is the 
\family sans 
Alt
\family default 
- key on many keyboards.
 This key does many different things, but it also activated the 
\emph on 
menu accelerator keys
\emph default 
.
 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
 If you use the accelerator key for a menu and then hit 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
, you'll open that menu.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

For example, the sequence 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
M-e
\protected_separator 
p
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 pastes text.
 Typing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
M-f
\protected_separator 
Space
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 opens the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Standard

There are also other things bound to the 
\family sans 
Meta-
\family default 
 key, but you'll have to check in the 
\emph on 
Reference
\emph default 
 
\emph on 
manual
\emph default 
 for more info.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
 and any existing keybindings for that action.
 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so 
\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M-p S-A
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 means 
\family sans 
Meta-p
\family default 
 followed by a capital 
\family sans 
A
\family default 
.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
S-C-S
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 means 
\family sans 
Shift-Control-s
\family default 
.
\layout Section

Using LyX with Other Programs
\layout Subsection

Importing ASCII files
\layout Standard

You can import text from an ASCII file using the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Import
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
SCII
\protected_separator 
File
\family default 
 submenu.
 It contains two different options: 
\family sans 
As
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ines
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
As
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraphs
\family default 
.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Import
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
SCII
\protected_separator 
File->As
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ines
\family default 
 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Import
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
SCII
\protected_separator 
File->As
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraphs
\family default 
 preserves pargraphs in text files.
 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
 on one line.
 You used 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
 Using the 
\family sans 
As
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraphs
\family default 
 option, LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
 
\emph on 
But Remember:
\emph default 
 you must make sure there is a 
\emph on 
completely blank
\emph default 
 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
\layout Standard

Use these options wisely.
 You have been warned!
\layout Subsection

Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Cut
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Copy
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Paste
\family default 
 operations work only 
\emph on 
inside
\emph default 
 LyX.
 At the moment, you can't copy text from LyX to another X-Windows program.
 Sorry, but this is not implemented yet.
\layout Standard

The LyX team has managed, however, to get the other direction working.
 That is, you can copy text from another X-Windows program 
\emph on 
into
\emph default 
 LyX.
 This special form of pasting works like the ASCII import feature; you can
 paste as lines or as paragraphs.
 Use:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Paste
\protected_separator 
Primary
\protected_separator 
Selection
\protected_separator 
As
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ines
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Paste
\protected_separator 
Primary
\protected_separator 
Selection
\protected_separator 
As
\protected_separator 
Para
\bar under 
g
\bar default 
raphs
\layout Standard

from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
 menu to do this.
\layout Chapter

LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
\layout Section

Introduction
\layout Standard

If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
 can safely skip this chapter.
 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
 distributed with it.
\layout Standard

If you're installing LyX on your system, 
\emph on 
you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
 
\family sans 
\emph default 
Help->LaTeX
\protected_separator 
configuration
\family default 
\emph on 
.

\emph default 
 Do that first.
 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
].
 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
\end_float 
\layout Section

Requirements
\layout Standard

The version of LyX distributed as binaries only needs X-Windows (X11R6).
 But it will compile under X11R5 as well.
 LyX is quite small (about 1M without XForms) and doesn't even need much
 memory to store the documents.
 It's also not that fast,
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

It might take while if text in a new font has to be displayed, since the
 font has to be loaded into the X-server.
 LyX will not load fonts until they are really needed, so not all fonts
 are immediately accessible in all possible styles and sizes.
\end_float 
 but fast enough to allow working on a 386DX40 with 8MB RAM.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
Matthias
\noun default 
:  
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

I know people who do this.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\end_float 
\layout Standard

If you want to print and preview, you also need a complete LaTeX2e installation,
 including 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
.
 LyX will definitely not work with LaTeX2.09 (the changes you would have
 to do in the LyX-sources are substantially more work than upgrading your
 LaTeX).
\layout Standard

If you want to compile your own binary you also need the XForms-library.
 As of version 0.12 you will need to use one of versions 0.81, 0.86 or 0.88
 of the XForms library.
 We recommend using version 0.88, since that will give you a few extra features.
 You can obtain it from:
\layout Itemize

http://bloch.phys.uwm.edu/xforms/
\layout Itemize

ftp://einstein.phys.uwm.edu/pub/xforms/
\layout Itemize

ftp://ftp.cs.ruu.nl/pub/XFORMS
\layout Standard

You also need the pixmap library (libXpm).
 Since this is usually a part of most modern Unixes it shouldn't be a problem.
 Just make sure you have the right pixmap library for your version of the
 XForms-library.
 There are some incompatibility issues.
 As of version 0.12 you will need version 4.7 or 4.8 of libXpm.
 
\layout Standard

To compile LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 well, you wouldn't be reading this document if you hadn't
 already done so, would you?
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

If, by some odd chance, someone has handed you a printed version of this
 manual and the source files, please feel free to go ask 
\emph on 
them
\emph default 
 for help.
 Or, look at the 
\family typewriter 
README
\family default 
 files that came in the source code distribution.
\end_float 
\layout Section

Basic LyX Setup
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}

\end_inset 

Again, you probably wouldn't be reading this file if you didn't already
 have a working LyX binary, so we won't discuss that here.
 There are a few things we do want to mention about LyX setup and installation.
\layout Standard

There are two ways to run LyX.
 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
 Of course, you need root privileges to do that.
 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

install
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 LyX somewhere in your own account.
 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
 are put in the correct places.
\layout Standard

There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
 without resorting to configuration files.
 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several variables
 of 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
.
 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
 on you system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
 which are not seen by LyX.
 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ptions->
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
econfigure
\family default 
.
 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
 about what has been found under 
\family sans 
Help->L
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
TeX
\protected_separator 
Configuration
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
 document-level setting that you can change via the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
P
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
per
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
\bar under 
Q
\bar default 
uotes
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
aTeX
\family default 

\protected_separator 

\family sans 
Preamble
\family default 
 popups of the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

LyX 0.10.x users might remember that these settings used to be accessible
 in 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
.
 This is not the case anymore.
\end_float 
.
 To do this, open a (possibly new) scrap document, set all these options
 according to your taste and save them with 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ave
\protected_separator 
layout
\protected_separator 
as
\protected_separator 
default
\family default 
.
 This will create a template named 
\family typewriter 
default.lyx
\family default 
 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
 such that the settings are automatically set up as you defined them.
\layout Standard

There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
 Upon startup, LyX attempts to read a file called 
\family typewriter 
~/.lyx/lyxrc
\family default 
 beneath your home directory.
 If this file does not exist, LyX will read a global options file called
 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
.
 The document 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
 contains more information about these setup files.
\layout Section

Setting Up the X Keyboard
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}

\end_inset 

To use LyX properly, you 
\emph on 
must
\emph default 
 set X up correctly.
 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
 Unfortunately, almost nobody bothers to do this, especially those who've
 installed Linux on a PC\SpecialChar \@.
 Administrators of large systems can be guilty of
 this, too, so don't assume that you're safe if you're using a large system.
 Any user can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
 You needn't rely on your sysadmin for this - in fact, you 
\emph on 
shouldn't
\emph default 
! The following two programs are all you need to set up your keyboard the
 way you want it.
\layout Subsection


\family typewriter 
xmodmap
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\layout Standard

First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
 correctly.
 If you don't have them, install them.
\layout Subsubsection


\family typewriter 
xmodmap
\layout Standard

This document contains no information on how to use 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap
\family default 
.
 There is a sample 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file in 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
.
 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap
\protected_separator 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 somewhere in your startup scripts [for example, 
\family typewriter 
.cshrc
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
.profile
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
.login
\family default 
, or 
\family typewriter 
.xinitrc
\family default 
 are all possibilities].
\layout Subsubsection


\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\layout Standard

This program is a dream come true! It brings up a graphical version of your
 keyboard, allows you to make modifications, and then spits those modifications
 out to the standard output in a form readable by 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap
\family default 
.
 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
\layout Subsection

Modifiers and Mode_switch
\layout Standard

LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
\family sans 
S-
\family default 
], Control [
\family sans 
C-
\family default 
], and Meta [
\family sans 
M-
\family default 
].
 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a 
\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
 keyboard.
 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Control
\family default 
) or as a prefix key.
 Here are some examples of what you can do with a 
\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
 key:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
+
\family sans 
e
\family default 
+
\family sans 
'
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow  \)
\end_inset 

 é
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
+
\family sans 
o
\family default 
+
\family sans 
r
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow  \)
\end_inset 

 ®
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
+
\family sans 
1
\family default 
+
\family sans 
2
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow  \)
\end_inset 

 ½
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
+
\family sans 
<
\family default 
+
\family sans 
<
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow  \)
\end_inset 

 «
\layout Standard

This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
 only from time to time.
 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
\layout Subsection

Helpful Hints and Tips
\layout Standard

First, open up two xterminals.
 Use one to edit a new 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file and run 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 from the other.
 Using 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
, remap your keyboard the way you want it.
 There's a button in 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 to output the new keymap.
 Once you hit it, 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
 Just copy and paste all of that into your 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file, and you're done.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

You could also save yourself some typing by executing 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps > .Xmodmap
\family default 
.
 This will create a usable map file.
 Of course, if you hit the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

output keymap
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 button in 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 more than once, the resulting map file will be a mess.
 As with all things, 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 is a tool, and only as intelligent as the person on the other end.
\end_float 
\layout Standard

Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
 Try executing the command 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap -v -pm
\family default 
.
 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
 Also try 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap -v -pke | more 
\family default 
to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file.
\layout Standard

There's one thing you'll need to check.
 Make sure that your 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 keys are 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
 Some programs bind 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 to the same operation.
 Emacs is one.
 Other programs, however, use 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 for different operations.
 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
\layout Section

LaTeX
\layout Standard

If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 files, you'll need LaTeX.
\layout Standard

In case you were wondering, LaTeX is an extension to TeX, a document preparation
 system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \tau \epsilon \chi  \)
\end_inset 

, which rhymes with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

blech.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 That's how you pronounce 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

TeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LaTeX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 [If you're American, just pronounce the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

X
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

k
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and you've got it.]
\end_float 
 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

device-independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 format, or Dvi, for short.
 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
 macros.
 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
 is a TeX package.
\layout Standard

There are two version of LaTeX commonly in use today.
 One is the older LaTeX 2.09; the other is the newer LaTeX2e.
 LyX will only work with LaTeX2e and will gag on the older version 2.09.
\layout Standard

Let us make that perfectly clear:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm \align center 
LyX 
\emph on 
WILL ONLY WORK WITH
\emph default 
 LaTeX2e!!!
\layout Standard

If your system has version 2.09, get the sysadmin to upgrade.
\layout Standard

If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
 Look in the instructions that came with your Linux distribution [most likely
 a CD-ROM] and install the TeX package, if you didn't do so already.
 Everything you need will be there, along with some things you probably
 don't need.
\layout Standard

For other systems, you'll probably have to talk to your sysadmin to get
 TeX/LaTeX installed on your machine if it's not on there already.
\layout Standard

Oh, did we mention that LyX only works with LaTeX2e?
\layout Section

Dvips and Ghostscript
\layout Subsection

What You Need
\layout Standard

There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
 section].
 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
 have them already:
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
dvips
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
xdvi
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
ghostview
\layout Standard

The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
 
\end_float 
 format.
 If you don't know what a dvi-file is, you've probably also never worked
 with LaTeX and should read the 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
 document before proceeding further.
 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 converts dvi-files into PostScript®, which is the format most printers
 use nowadays.
 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
 the PostScript® through 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
, which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
 everytime you print.
 For now, we'll concentrate on 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Dvips
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}

\end_inset 

Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
 you should configure 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 will either 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

print
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
 configured.
 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
 will simply turn 
\family typewriter 
foo.dvi
\family default 
 into 
\family typewriter 
foo.ps
\family default 
.
 Some systems may have 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 set up to 
\emph on 
always
\emph default 
 send output to the printer.
 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
\layout Standard

In order to inform 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 how to automagically convert a 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file into a 
\family typewriter 
.foo
\family default 
 file, you need to have a config-file, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
config.foo
\family default 
,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 lying around somewhere.
 Typically, the 
\family typewriter 
config.*
\family default 
 files for 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 will be in 
\family typewriter 
/usr/lib/texmf/dvips
\family default 
 in most TeX distributions.
 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 It'll be there somewhere.
\layout Standard

Typically, there will be at least one config-file: 
\family typewriter 
config.ps
\family default 
.
 Of course, some TeX distributions have to be different, and will come with
 a 
\family typewriter 
config.lp
\family default 
 instead.
 Copy that file to 
\family typewriter 
config.ps
\family default 
, if one doesn't exist already.
\layout Standard

There's one last thing you need to do to the config-file.
 There may exist a line that looks like, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
o | lpr
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
].
 Comment it out [put a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
%
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 at the beginning of the line].
 Otherwise, 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 will always send its output to the printer.
\layout Standard

Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript® printer
 or file from LyX.
 To print to a printer, you can always print to a file using 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
|lpr -P
\family default 
\emph on 
printername
\emph default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as the output filename.
 Of course, you'll probably want to use the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

print to printer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 option that LyX provides.
 If you've made sure a 
\family typewriter 
config.ps
\family default 
 file exists, like we described above, and your default printer is called
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
ps
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, you're all set.
 LyX will use 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 with the option 
\family typewriter 
-Pps
\family default 
 to print directly.
 
\layout Standard

One last thing: some folks have to be different, and won't have a printer
 named 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
ps
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 Of course, you may have multiple printers, one called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
ps
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, another called 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
ljfour
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, and so on.
 Guess what? You can make a config-file for them, too! If you create 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
config.ljfour
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 then 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 will recognize the option 
\family typewriter 
-Pljfour
\family default 
.
 You can use as many config-files as you like, one for each of your printers.
 The default printer for LyX can be specified in 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
.
 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
 a later section.
\layout Subsection

Ghostscript
\layout Standard

If you thought all this nonsense about config-files for 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 was a pain, you'll like 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
.
 No need to do any extra twiddling here; 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 runs just fine out of the box.
\layout Standard

Now the bad news: if your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll
 need to use 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 as a filter for your print spooler.
 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
\layout Standard

Some people don't seem to like using the 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 plus 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 combination.
 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the dvi-file directly
 into your printer language.
 You can specify this program in 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
, too.
 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
 You can't include any PostScript® files, such as graphics, in your documents,
 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 for printing.
 
\layout Subsection

Xdvi and Ghostview
\layout Standard

These two programs are viewers.
 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 handles 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 files, and 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 interfaces with 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 to allow you to view PostScript® files.
\layout Standard

A quick note on both of these programs.
 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

That means the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 or 
\family typewriter 
.ps
\family default 
 file, not the files used to make these.
\end_float 
 changes.
 You can also force an update.
 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
 it.
 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
 features.
\layout Standard

The LyX team recommends using 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 for fine tuning documents.
 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
 you can view the changes.
 Here's an example:
\layout Enumerate

Use 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
\layout Enumerate

Make changes to the document using LyX.
\layout Enumerate

To view those changes, just choose 
\family sans 
Update DVI
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
File
\family default 
 menu.
 When LaTeX's all done, click on the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 window, and voilà! 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 will update itself.
\layout Standard

Now, this doesn't mean 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 is useless.
 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 is better suited to those occasions where you 
\emph on 
must
\emph default 
 view the PostScript® version of the document.
 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
 previewing with 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
.
\layout Section

The Printer
\layout Standard


\size normal 
Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
 printers set up for your system.
 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
 and configure your 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
 as described in the last section.
\layout Standard


\size normal 
Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do.
 Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware,
 on CD-ROM
\size default 
\SpecialChar \@.

\size normal 
 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
 realize that they need to set up their printer.
 If you've never touched the file 
\family typewriter 
/etc/printcap
\family default 
, you need to set up your printer.

\size default 
 We've written a little something to help you out with that; check out the
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
A Printer Tutorial
\emph default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 chapter in the 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
 manual for help.
\layout Chapter

LyX Basics
\layout Section

Document Types
\layout Subsection

Introduction
\layout Standard

Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
 need to decide what 
\emph on 
type
\emph default 
 of document you want to edit.
 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
 numbering schemes, and so on.
 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
 and format the title of your document differently.
 
\layout Standard

A 
\emph on 
document class
\emph default 
 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
\layout Standard

Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
\layout Subsection


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}

\end_inset 

The Various Document Classes
\layout Subsubsection

Overview
\layout Standard

There are five standard document classes in LyX.
 They are:
\layout Description

Article for basic articles
\layout Description

Report for basic reports
\layout Description

Book for writing a book
\layout Description

Letter for US-style letters
\layout Description

Slides is used to make transparencies
\layout Standard

There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
\layout Description

Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
s
\layout Description

Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
 Mathematical Society].
 There are three amsart layouts available.
 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems, 
\emph on 
etc.
\emph default 
, that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

sequential numbering
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
\layout Description

Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
 that you would need to number results.
\layout Description

Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
\layout Description

Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better that 
\family sans 
slides
\layout Description

Iletter per lettere all' italiana
\layout Description

Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
 The SGML-tools
 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by 
\family typewriter 
man
\family default 
 pages.
\layout Description

Paper for use with the 
\family typewriter 
paper
\family default 
 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
\layout Description

Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
 of America (OSA).
 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
\layout Standard

We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
 here.
 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the 
\emph on 
Special tools
\emph default 
 manual.
 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
 of the document classes.
\layout Subsubsection

Selecting a Class
\layout Standard

You can select a class using the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 To open the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu.
 Then use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
lass
\family default 
 to select the class you want to use.
 
\layout Standard

After you select a class, LyX then asks if you want to use the defaults
 for 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
agestyle
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Sides
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Columns
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Separation
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
tra
\protected_separator 
Options
\family default 
.
 It's safe to hit 
\family sans 
\bar under 
Y
\bar default 
es
\family default 
 here.
 If you look at the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup again, you'll notice options for all of these.
 So, you can always fine-tune the defaults for a given section.
\layout Subsubsection

Properties
\layout Standard

In case you're wondering what those 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

defaults
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 are for each of the document classes, here's a quick table describing them:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
11 5 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 1 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0


\newline 

\family sans 
Pagestyle
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Sides
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Columns
\family default 

\newline 
Max.
 sectioning level
\newline 
article
\newline 

\family sans 
Plain
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Section
\family default 

\newline 
report
\newline 

\family sans 
Plain
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 

\newline 
book
\newline 

\family sans 
Headings
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Two
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 

\newline 
letter
\newline 

\family sans 
Plain
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 
none
\newline 
linuxdoc
\newline 

\family sans 
Plain
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Section
\family default 

\newline 
aapaper
\newline 

\family sans 
Plain
\newline 
Two
\newline 
Two
\newline 
Section
\family default 

\newline 
amsart
\newline 

\family sans 
Headings
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Section
\family default 

\newline 
dinbrief
\newline 

\family sans 
Plain
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 
none
\newline 
iletter
\newline 

\family sans 
Plain
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 
none
\newline 
paper
\newline 

\family sans 
Headings
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
One
\family default 

\newline 

\family sans 
Section
\layout Standard

There is no default value of 
\family sans 
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
tra
\protected_separator 
Options
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Separation
\family default 
 for any of these classes.
 
\layout Standard

You're probably also wondering what 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Max.
 sectioning level
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 means.
 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
 Only two use the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 heading.
 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
 headings.
 In addition to 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 headings, there are also 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
 headings, 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
 headings, and so on.
 We'll describe these headings fully in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

Fine-Tuning the Defaults 
\layout Standard

Okay, we know we never told you what most of these 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

default options
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 set by the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
lass
\family default 
 button do.
 That's what this section is for.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
agestyle
\family default 
 This is another list, containing five options.
 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

LaTeX does this part.
\end_float 
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Default 
\family default 
Use default pagestyle of current class.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Empty
\family default 
 No page numbers or headings.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Plain
\family default 
 Page numbers only.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Headings
\family default 
 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
 which is the maximum sectioning level.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Fancy
\family default 
 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
 have the 
\family sans 
fancyhdr
\family default 
 package installed.
 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
 To use the full power of this package, you have to resolve to magic codes
 in your preamble.
 Check the documentation for the 
\family sans 
fancyhdr
\family default 
 package for more details.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Sides
\family default 
 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sided of a sheet of paper!
 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
d pages.
 This way, if you 
\emph on 
do
\emph default 
 have a printer that duplexes,
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

i.e.
 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
\end_float 
 your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page and
 the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

There are two toggle buttons here: 
\family sans 
One
\family default 
 for single-sided documents, 
\family sans 
Two
\family default 
 for double-sided documents.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Columns
\family default 
 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
 You can choose, using the toggle buttons, 
\family sans 
One
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Two
\family default 
 for the number of columns.
 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
 However, there 
\emph on 
will
\emph default 
 be two columns in the generated output.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
tra
\protected_separator 
Options
\family default 
 The LaTeX command 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
documentclass
\family default 
 takes several options.
 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
 This text box allows you to enter in others.
 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
 can use.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Separation
\family default 
 This has its own section.
 See sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}

\end_inset 

 for a description of what this does.
\layout Subsection

Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
\layout Standard

There are several other options to set in the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
 affect certain features.
 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
 features they affect.
\layout Standard

There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
 we'll describe them here.
 You'll find them in the 
\family sans 
Paper
\family default 
 popup under the 
\family sans 
Layout
\family default 
 menu:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Orientation
\family default 
 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
andscape
\family default 
 or as 
\family sans 
Po
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
trait
\family default 
.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Papersi
\bar under 
z
\bar default 
e
\family default 
 What size paper to print on.
 The choices are
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Default
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
A3, A4,
\family default 
 
\family sans 
A5
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
B3, B4, B5
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
US Letter
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
US legal
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
US executive
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Custom
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Some of these settings require you to have the 
\family sans 
geometry
\family default 
 package installed.
 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the 
\family sans 
Paper
\family default 
 popup.
\layout Subsection

Important Note:
\layout Standard

If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert 
\emph on 
everything
\emph default 
 into the new class.
 That includes the paragraph environments.
 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
 them.
 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
 paragraph environments to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
 Just click on them and you'll get a message popup that tells you about
 the conversion and why it failed.
\layout Section

Paragraph Indentation and Separation
\layout Subsection

Introduction
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}

\end_inset 

Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
\layout Standard

Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer.
 The 
\emph on 
first
\emph default 
 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
 etc., is 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 indented.
 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX 
\emph on 
will
\emph default 
 print it that way.
 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
 in the preamble.
 [
\emph on 
Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time.
 - jw
\emph default 
]
\end_float 
\layout Standard

The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
 pre-coded into LyX.
 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
 LyX takes care of that.
 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
 range.
 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
 of a page, and so on.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
\end_float 
 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
 LyX gives you the ability to globally change 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 of these pre-coded spacings.
 We'll explain more later.
\layout Subsection

Global Indentation Method
\layout Standard

To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu.
 This opens the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 Select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
ndent
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
S
\bar under 
k
\bar default 
ip
\family default 
 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
\layout Subsection

Fine-Tuning
\layout Standard

You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
 Choose 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu to open the 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 Toggle the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
N
\bar default 
o Indent
\family default 
 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
 button will be depressed initially.
\layout Standard

You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
 Typically, you'll select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
ndent
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
S
\bar under 
k
\bar default 
ip
\family default 
 for the entire document and edit away.
\layout Subsection

Changing Line Spacing
\layout Standard

In the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup you can choose your line spacing provided you have the 
\family sans 
setspace
\family default 
 package installed.
\layout Section

Paragraph Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

Overview
\layout Standard

The paragraph environments correspond to the various 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
begin{
\family default 
\emph on 
environment
\family typewriter 
\emph default 
} ...
 
\backslash 
end{
\family default 
\emph on 
environment
\family typewriter 
\emph default 
}
\family default 
 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
 alien to you, we urge you to read the 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
.
 The 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
 also contains many more examples than this section does.
\layout Standard

A paragraph environment is, simply, a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

container
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
 scheme, labels, and so on.
 Additionally, you can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

nest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
 to inherit some of the properties of another.
 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other holdovers from the days
 of typewriters.
 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
 document type.
 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
\layout Standard

To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
 end of the toolbar.
 [Click on the arrow to open and close it.] LyX will change the environment
 of the 
\emph on 
entire
\emph default 
 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
 you select them before choosing the new environment.
 
\layout Standard

Note that hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 will 
\emph on 
typically
\emph default 
 create a new paragraph using the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 paragraph environment.
 We say 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

typically
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 because this isn't always the case.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

If you are in one of these environments:
\latex latex 
 
\layout LaTeX


\backslash 
vspace{-2ex} 
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quote
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quotation
\layout LaTeX

}
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Verse
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Itemize
\layout LaTeX

}
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Enumerate
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Description
\layout LaTeX

}
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
List
\layout LaTeX

}
\layout Standard

LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
, rather than resetting it to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
\end_float 
 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

].
 Sometimes, however, LyX keeps the old environment.
 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
 use 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 instead.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

This invokes the function 
\family typewriter 
break-paragraph-keep-layout
\family default 
.
\end_float 
\layout Subsection

Standard
\layout Standard

The default paragraph environment is 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 It creates a plain paragraph.
 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
 this manual] are in the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

You can nest a paragraph using the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
 in a 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Subsection

Document Titles
\layout Standard

A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
 author[s] and a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

footnote
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 for thanks or contact information.
 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
 page along with today's date.
 For other types of documents, the title 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
 
\layout Standard

LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
 environments 
\family sans 
Title
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Author
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Date
\family default 
.
 Here's how you use them:
\layout Itemize

Put the title of your document in the 
\family sans 
Title
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Itemize

Put the author name in the 
\family sans 
Author
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Itemize

If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
 the 
\family sans 
Date
\family default 
 environment.
 Note that using this environment is optional.
 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
\layout Standard

Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
 You can use footnotes to insert 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

thanks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or contact information.
\layout Subsection

Headings
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}

\end_inset 

 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
 9.
\layout Subsubsection

Numbered Headings
\layout Standard

There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
 They are:
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Chapter
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Section
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsection
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsubsection
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Paragraph
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subparagraph
\layout Standard

LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
 You group the book into chapters.
 LyX does similar grouping:
\layout Itemize

Either 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 is the maximum sectioning level.
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Section
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
s
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Note:
\emph default 
 not all document types use the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
 In that case, the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 is the top-level heading.
\layout Standard

So, if you use the 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
 that it's in.
 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
 label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

2.5
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsubsection

Unnumbered Headings
\layout Standard

There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
 They are:
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Section*
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsection*
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsubsection*
\layout Standard

The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

*
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
\layout Subsubsection

Changing the Numbering
\layout Standard

You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
 in the Table of Contents.
 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
 class.
 Certain classes start with 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 and go down to the 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
 level.
 Others start at 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
.
 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
 Most don't number 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
.
 This is something you can change.
\layout Standard

Open the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup [via the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument...

\family default 
 item in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu].
 You should see a counter labelled 
\family sans 
Section
\protected_separator 
number
\protected_separator 
depth
\family default 
.
 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
 a section heading.
 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
 here's a table of values and what they do:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
9 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0


\family sans 
Sec.
 Num.
 Depth
\family default 

\newline 
LyX numbers these
\newline 
value:
\newline 
section headings:
\newline 
-1
\newline 
no numbering
\newline 
-0 and 0
\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 
\newline 
1
\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 through 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 

\newline 
2
\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 through 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 

\newline 
3
\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 through 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 

\newline 
4
\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 through 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 

\newline 
5
\newline 

\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 through 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\layout Standard

Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 headings, then the numbering begins at the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 heading, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

0
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 also corresponds to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

no numbering.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

There's another counter on the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup, called 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 
contents
\protected_separator 
depth
\family default 
.
 It works the same way as 
\family sans 
Section
\protected_separator 
numbering
\protected_separator 
depth
\family default 
, only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
 Table of Contents.
 This is a great control to have.
 Suppose you wanted to number 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 sectioning heading, but you only wanted 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
s, 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
s, and 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
s in the Table of Contents.
 You'd just set 
\family sans 
Section
\protected_separator 
numbering
\protected_separator 
depth
\family default 
 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

5
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\family sans 
Table of contents
\protected_separator 
depth
\family default 
 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

2
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and voilà! You're all set.
\layout Subsubsection

Special Information
\layout Standard

The following information applies to 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
 as well as 
\family sans 
Section*
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subsection*
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Subsubsection*
\family default 
:
\layout Itemize

You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
\layout Itemize

You can use inlined math in these environments.
\layout Itemize

You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
\layout Itemize

You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
\layout Standard

As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
 using them everywhere in the manuals.
\layout Subsubsection

Creating an Appendix
\layout Standard

Currently, LyX cannot display an appendix.
 You can use inserted LaTeX code to create an appendix with the command:
 
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
appendix
\layout Standard

All headings following this command will appear in the previewed or printed
 document as appendicies.
\layout Standard

See section
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset 

 to learn how to insert LaTeX commands into a document.
\layout Subsection

Quotes and Poetry
\layout Standard

LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
 They are 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
.
 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
 the text they contain.
 They also allow nesting, so you can put a 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 in a 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
\layout Standard

There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 when you break a paragraph.
 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
 to change back to the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment yourself.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Quotation
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}

\end_inset 

Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
 time for the differences.
 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 are identical except for one difference: 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 
\emph on 
always
\emph default 
 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
\layout Standard

Here's an example of the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment:
\layout Quote

This is in the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment.
 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
 wraps.
 See - no indentation!
\layout Quote

Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
 the other paragraph.
\layout Standard

That ends that example.
 Here's another example, this time in the 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 environment:
\layout Quotation

This is in the 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 environment.
 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
 the first line, then 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it 
\emph on 
if
\emph default 
 you were quoting other text.
\layout Quotation

Here's a new paragraph.
 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
\layout Standard

That was our other example.
 As the example notes, 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
 They should put quotes in the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment.
 those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 paragraph environment for quoted text.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Verse
\layout Standard


\family sans 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}

\end_inset 

Verse
\family default 
 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
 Here's an example:
\layout Verse

This is in Verse
\newline 
Which I did not rehearse!
\layout Verse

It could be much worse.
 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
 around.
 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
 indented a bit more than the first.
 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
 So sue me.
\layout Verse

To break a line
\newline 
And make things look fine
\newline 
Use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

As you can see, 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 does not indent both margins.
 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the 
\family typewriter 
break-line
\family default 
 function, 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Lists
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}

\end_inset 

This is an area where LyX clearly outshines standard word processors.
 One of the most common complaints and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

bug
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 reports on the LyX Developer's list is, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

I can't put in more than one space!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 Typically, the user in question is looking for some way to indent text
 so he can make an outline or a list.
 After all, on the brand-name commercial word processors, if you want to
 write a list, you need to apply tab stops, indents, an a plethora of other
 horizontal spacing commands.
\layout Standard

But why should 
\emph on 
you
\emph default 
 have to do this at all? Tab stops are fine for a typewriter, where you
 have no other way to indent text.
 A computer, on the other hand, is quite good at counting and doing things
 repeatedly.
 So, you shouldn't need to keep track of list numbers, indentations, and
 such.
 And with LyX, you don't.
\layout Standard

LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
 of lists.
 In the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
 In the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
 some general features of all four of them.
\layout Subsubsection

General Features
\layout Standard

The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
 in several ways.
 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
 Hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
 you should use 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 to break paragraphs.
\layout Standard

You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
 nested.
 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we 
\emph on 
strongly urge
\emph default 
 you to read all of section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Itemize
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}

\end_inset 

The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 paragraph environment.
 It has the following properties:
\layout Itemize

Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
\layout Itemize

The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The items can be any length.
 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list may be in.
\layout Itemize

If you nest an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment inside another 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

There are four different symbols for up to a fourfold nesting.
\layout Itemize

LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
\layout Itemize

See section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 for a full explanation of nesting.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Of course, that explanation was also an example of an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list.
 The 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
\layout Standard

We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
\layout Itemize

The label for the first level 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 is a large black dot, or bullet.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The label for the second level is a dash.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The label for the third is an asterisk.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Back out to the third level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Back to the second level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Back to the outermost level.
\layout Standard

These are the default labels for an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list.
 You can customize these labels by adding the correct commands to the LaTeX
 preamble (see section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble}

\end_inset 

).
 Of course, LyX won't know about them; that's the whole point to the WYSIWYM
 concept.
 Any customizations you make appear in the printed document.
\layout Standard

Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
 in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

.
 Be sure to read it!
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Enumerate
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
 It has these properties:
\layout Enumerate

Each item has a numeral as its label.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
\layout Enumerate

Each new 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment resets the counter to 1.
\layout Enumerate

Like the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
 Items can be any length.
\layout Enumerate

Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
\layout Enumerate

Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
\layout Enumerate

Allows up to a fourfold nesting.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Unlike the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 
\emph on 
does
\emph default 
 show the different labels for each item.
 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
:
\layout Enumerate

The first level of an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
\layout Enumerate

Again, notice the decrease in inter-item spacing as the nesting depth increases.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back to the third level
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back to the second level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back to the outermost level.
\layout Standard

Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble}

\end_inset 

), however.
 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
 not on the LyX screen.
\layout Standard

There is more to nesting 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environments than we've stated here.
 You 
\emph on 
really
\emph default 
 should read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 to learn more about nesting.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Description
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}

\end_inset 

Unlike the previous two environments, the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list has no fixed label.
 Instead, LyX uses the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of the first line as the label.
 Here's an example:
\layout Description

Example: This is an example of the
\family sans 
 Description
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
 rest of the line.
\layout Standard

Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

uses the first 'word'.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 As stated earlier,
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Editor's Note: This should be stated in the beginning somewhere\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 -jw
\end_float 
 the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
 Inside of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment, the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
 of an item.
 [
\emph on 
Editor's Note: Hopefully, someone will change this.
 It would be nice if, say, the 
\family sans 
Tab
\family default 
 key terminated the label, since LaTeX allows you to use a resizeable space
 in the label of a description list.
 -jw
\emph default 
]
\layout Standard

However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
 of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment? Simple: use a 
\family sans 
Protected Blank
\family default 
.
 [Use either 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial
\protected_separator 
Characters->Protected
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
B
\bar default 
lank
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu.
 See sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}

\end_inset 

 for more info.] Here's an example:
\layout Description

Second
\protected_separator 
Example: This one shows how to use a 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 
Blank
\family default 
 in the label of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list item.
\layout Description

Usage: You should use the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
 that describes it.
 It's not a good idea to use a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
 You're better off using 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and nesting several 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 paragraphs into them.
\layout Description

Nesting: You can, of course, nest 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
 so on.
 Read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 to learn about nesting.
\layout Standard

Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
 them from the first line.
\layout Subsubsection

The LyX 
\family sans 
List
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
 
\layout Standard

Now, if you jumped here without reading sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}

\end_inset 

-
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}

\end_inset 

, you've goofed.
 The 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 create numbered lists.
 That's what 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 does, and it's documented in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}

\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Standard

Like the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
 three:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

item
\protected_separator 
labels LyX uses the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of each line as the item label.
 The first 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 
Blank
\family default 
 [
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
] between them.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
 the body of the item text.
 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
 label width plus a little extra space.
 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

label
\protected_separator 
width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width of
 the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
 If the actual width is larger, then the label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

extends
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 into the first line.
 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
 margin of the rest of the item text.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

default
\protected_separator 
width You can very easily set this default width.
 It's quite painless, actually.
 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment have the same left margin.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

uses You should use the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment the same way you'd use as 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
 it.
 The 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
 layout.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

nesting You can nest 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
 so on.
 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
 Read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 to learn about nesting.
\layout Standard

As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
\layout Standard

To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
 change.
 You can also simply move the cursor into a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 item if you want to change only its label width.
 Now open the 
\family sans 
Paragraph Layout
\family default 
 popup [use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph...

\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu] and find the 
\family sans 
Label
\protected_separator 
Width
\family default 
 text box.
 The text in the 
\family sans 
Label
\protected_separator 
Width
\family default 
 box determines the default label width.
 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
 here, but you don't need to.
 We recommend using the letter 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 multiple times.
 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Of course, you could use some other character multiple times, too.
 Or, you could get fancy and use combinations of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

s, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

0
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

s and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

s.
 However, the width of the letter 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 
\emph on 
is
\emph default 
 a standard unit of horizontal space under LaTeX.
 That's why we recommend using 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 multiple times.
\end_float 
 The default label width in the example 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 is 6 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

s wide.
 Using 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as your unit of width in the 
\family sans 
Label
\protected_separator 
Width
\family default 
 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
 of 
\family sans 
Label
\protected_separator 
Width
\family default 
 everytime you alter a label in a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

There's yet another feature of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment we need to tell you about.
 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
 In reality, there is an 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 built into the end of the label.
 We'll document 
\family sans 
HFills
\family default 
 later in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}

\end_inset 

.
 You can use additional 
\family sans 
HFills
\family default 
 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
 Here are some examples:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM

Left The default for 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 item labels.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM


\hfill 
Center One 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 at the beginning of the label centers it.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM


\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 

\protected_separator 
Right
\protected_separator 
#1 You can sort-of right justify the label by using several 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 
Blank
\family default 
s at the beginning of the line.
 As you can see, however, it alters the margin of the first line.
 It'll be a pain in the butt to figure out just how many 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 
Blank
\family default 
s are enough.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM


\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 

\hfill 
Right
\protected_separator 
#2 This is somewhat better, though still a kludge.
 Uses several 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s at the beginning of the label.
 [
\emph on 
Editor's Note: This is another one of those things that seemed okay at the
 time, but now look really clunky.
 The developers should change it.
 - jw
\emph default 
]
\layout Standard

Don't worry if you have no idea what 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s are yet.
 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
 section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 if you want to use any of these list environments?
\layout Subsection

Letters
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
: An Overview
\layout Standard

Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
 environments called 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
Matthias
\noun default 
: I'm a bit proud about this right address layout.
 Try to reach the same typesetting effect with usual word processors.
 You will have to create a frame and position it manually with the mouse
 and all those funny things.
\end_float 
 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
 In contrast, you can use the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
 anything in them.
\layout Standard

Of course, you're not limited to using 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
 for letters only.
 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
 European academic papers.
\layout Subsubsection

Usage
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
 for the opening and signature in some countries.
 Similarly, the 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
 Here's an example of each:
\layout Right Address

Right Address
\newline 
WhoAmI
\newline 
WhereAmI
\newline 
When is it? What is today?
\layout Standard

That was 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
.
 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
 Here's and example of the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 environment:
\layout Address

WhoAreYou
\newline 
Where do I send this
\newline 
Your post office and country
\layout Standard

As you can see, both 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
 Speaking of which, if you hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
 the environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 This makes sense, however, since 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 is the 
\family typewriter 
break-paragraph
\family default 
 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
 Thus, you'd use 
\family typewriter 
break-line
\family default 
 [
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial
\protected_separator 
Character->
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
inebreak
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu] to start a new line in an 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 or
\family sans 
 Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Subsection

Academic Writing
\layout Standard

Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
 or list of references.
 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Abstract
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
 Technically, you 
\emph on 
could
\emph default 
 use this environment anywhere, but you really 
\emph on 
should
\emph default 
 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
 Also, don't bother trying to nest 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 in anything else or vice versa.
 It won't work.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment does several things for you.
 First, it puts the centered label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 above the text.
 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
 space.
 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
 the subsequent text.
 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
 If your document is in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

report
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
 version of the file.
\layout Standard

Starting a new paragraph by hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the paragraph environment.
 The new paragraph will still be in the 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment.
 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
 finish entering the abstract of your document.
\layout Standard

We'd love to give you an example of the 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 class.
 If you've never heard of an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\layout Standard

One last note: the 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment is only useful in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

article
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

report
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 document classes [as well as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

amsart,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 which is just a specialized version of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

article
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

].
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 document class ignores the 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 completely, and it's utterly silly to use 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

letter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 document class.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Bibliography
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment is used to list references.
 Technically, you 
\emph on 
could
\emph default 
 use this environment anywhere, but you really 
\emph on 
should
\emph default 
 only use it at the end of the document.
 Also, don't bother trying to nest 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 in anything else or vice versa.
 It won't work.
\layout Standard

When your first open a 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Bibliography
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

References,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 depending on the document class.
 The heading is in a large boldface font.
 Each paragraph of the 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment is a bibliography entry.
 Thus, hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the paragraph environment.
 Each new paragraph is still in the 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

At the 
\emph on 
beginning
\emph default 
 of the 
\emph on 
first line
\emph default 
 of each paragraph, you will see a greyish box showing a number.
 If you click on it, you will get a popup in which you can set a 
\family sans 
key
\family default 
 and a 
\family sans 
label
\family default 
.
 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
 entry.
 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
 LaTeX.
 We could choose the key 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

latexguide
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 for that entry.
 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the grey inset box.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
key
\family default 
 field isn't useless.
 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Citation Reference
\family default 
 command.
 Just choose the key inside in the combox 
\family sans 
key
\family default 
.
 An example of the 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 appears [where else] at the end of this document.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

See 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}

\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}

\end_inset 


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
 In the second one, we used the 
\family sans 
remark
\family default 
 field of the citation popup to add the text 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Chapter 3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 The texts 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

latexguide
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

latexcompanion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
 of the bibliography entry.
\layout Standard

[
\emph on 
Author's note: there should be a pointer to BibTeX support.
 Where should such a section go? -jml.

\emph default 
 
\family sans 
Special Tools
\family default 
\emph on 
 -Asger
\emph default 
]
\layout Subsection

Special Purpose
\layout Standard

There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Caption
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment is the default paragraph environment for 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
.
 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Figure:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Table:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, depending on which type of 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 it's in.
 Additionally, the 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment generates a figure or table number in the final output.
\layout Standard

You can't really nest things into a 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment or vice versa.
 Additionally, hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 resets the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
, so a 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 can only be a single paragraph.
\layout Standard

You cannot use a 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment outside of a 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
 or a 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
.
 See sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}

\end_inset 

 for more information on 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
.
 
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
LyX-Code
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment is another LyX-extension.
 It typesets text in a typewriter-style font.
 It also treats the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key as a fixed whitespace;
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

In the 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment, the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key is treated as a 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 
Blank
\family default 
 instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_float 
 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 [the 
\family typewriter 
break-line
\family default 
 function].
 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 breaks paragraphs.
 Note, however, that 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the paragraph environment.
 So, when you finish using the 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
 Also, you 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
 nest the 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment inside of others.
\layout Standard

There are a few quirks with this environment:
\layout Itemize

You cannot use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
 you can't follow 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 with a 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
].
\layout Itemize

You can't follow a 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 with a 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Use a 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
\layout Itemize

Or: use 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
 instead.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
 You must put at least one 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 in any line you want blank.
 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
\layout Itemize

You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 since that will insert 
\emph on 
real
\emph default 
 quotes.
 You get the typewriter double quotes with 
\family sans 
C-"
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
C-q
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

Here's an example:
\layout LyX-Code

#include<stdio.h>
\layout LyX-Code


\protected_separator 

\layout LyX-Code

int main(void)
\layout LyX-Code

{
\layout LyX-Code


\protected_separator 
 
\protected_separator 
 printf(
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Hello World
\backslash 
n
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

);
\layout LyX-Code


\protected_separator 
 
\protected_separator 
 return 0;
\layout LyX-Code

}
\layout Standard

This is just the standard 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Hello world!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 program.
 
\layout Standard


\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
 rc-files, and so on.
 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
 text as if you used a typewriter.
\layout Subsubsection

Comment
\layout Standard

The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your
 document that will not appear in the final output.
 In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in
 a different color than the rest of the text.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
LaTeX
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:LaTeXlayout}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 paragraph environment has a specific purpose: to pass large blocks of commands
 to LaTeX.
 It has the following features:
\layout Itemize

Text appears in red, indicating that it is LaTeX code.
\layout Itemize

You can insert whitespace multiple times using the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key [i.e.
 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 gets treated as a 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 
Blank
\family default 
].
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

This does not work, however, after a 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
.
 Use 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
 in that case.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

If you wish to break up your LaTeX commands over several lines, use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 to break the lines.
\layout Itemize

The 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 key resets the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
\layout Itemize

You 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
 nest a 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 environment in other environments.
\layout Standard

See section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset 

 for more information.
\layout Section

Nesting Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

The Big Deal
\layout Standard

Throughout the previous sections, we've been constantly nagging you to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

go read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
\layout Standard

The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

wordprocessor-as-overglorified-typewriter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 concept.
 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
 Most wordprocessors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
 screen and bytes in memory.
 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
 and specific properties.
 However, what if you wanted one 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

block
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to inherit some of the properties of another 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

block?
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 
\layout Standard

Here's a more specific example: outlines.
 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
 In other words, you have a list 
\emph on 
inside
\emph default 
 of another list, with the inner list 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

attached
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to item #2:
\layout Enumerate

one
\layout Enumerate

two
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

sublist - item #1
\layout Enumerate

sublist - item #2
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

three
\layout Standard

How do you put a list inside of a list? 
\layout Standard

By now, the answer should be obvious: you nest one list inside the other.
 However, nesting isn't just limited to lists.
 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
 about to find out.
 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\layout Subsection

What You Can and Can't Nest
\layout Standard

Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\layout Standard

The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
 can you or can't you.
 There's also the question of how.
 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
 environment into it? A 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

yes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to one of these doesn't guarantee a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

yes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to the other.
\layout Standard

The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
 to nesting.
 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
 of them.
 There is one last type of environment.
 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
 You can't nest anything into them.
\layout Standard

Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
 environments have them:
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
.
 Also, LyX allows you to nest 
\family sans 
Title
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Author
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Date
\family default 
 into other environments.
 We urge you not to.
 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
 Then again, it may not.
 We don't know for certain.
 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
 environments, so why would you ever want to?
\end_float 
\layout Description

Unnestable Can't nest them.
 Can't nest into them.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Chapter
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsection
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsubsection
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subparagraph
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Section*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsection*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsubsection*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Bibliography
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Abstract
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Title
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Author
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Date
\end_deeper 
\layout Description

Fully
\protected_separator 
Nestable You can nest them.
 You can nest other things into them.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Verse
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quote
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quotation
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Itemize
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Enumerate
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Description
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
List
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
LyX-Code
\end_deeper 
\layout Description

Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
 You can't nest anything into them.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Standard
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Address
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
LaTeX
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}

\end_inset 

There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
 affected by nesting anyhow.
 They are:
\layout Itemize

Equations
\layout Itemize

Tables
\layout Itemize

Figures
\layout Standard

[Note: if you put a figure or a table in a 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
, this is no longer true.
 See below or look in sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}

\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}

\end_inset 

 for more info.]
\layout Standard

LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
 in goes.
\layout Standard

On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

paragraph
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of its own, it behaves just like a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

nestable-inside
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 paragraph environment.
 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
 into it.
\layout Standard

Here's an example with a table:
\layout Enumerate

Item One
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (a) and it's nested.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

a
\newline 
b
\newline 
c
\newline 
d
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (b).
 The table is actually nested inside (a).
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back out again.
\layout Standard

If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
\layout Enumerate

Item One
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

a
\newline 
b
\newline 
c
\newline 
d
\layout Enumerate

This is (b).
 The table is 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 nested inside (a).
 In fact, it's not nested at all.
\layout Enumerate

Back out again.
\layout Standard

Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
 item of a new list!
\layout Standard

There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
 deep enough.
 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
\layout Enumerate

Item One
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (a) and it's nested.
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

a
\newline 
b
\newline 
c
\newline 
d
\layout Enumerate

This is (b).
 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 inside (a).
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back out again.
\layout Standard

As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
 new list 
\emph on 
inside
\emph default 
 item 1.
 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
 depth!
\layout Standard

Then there are the so-called 
\family sans 
Floats
\family default 
.
 A 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
 have a fixed location.
 It can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

float
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
 
\family sans 
Footnotes
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Margin
\protected_separator 
Notes
\family default 
 are floats, as are 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Wide
\protected_separator 
Table
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Wide
\protected_separator 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

The difference between the wide and non-wide floats is only relevant in
 two-column documents, where wide floats are two columns wide instead of
 one.
 In one-column documents, the menu entries for 
\family sans 
Wide
\protected_separator 
Table
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Wide
\protected_separator 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats are unavailable.
\end_float 
 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 looks like a superscripted word in red and goes wherever the paragraph
 it's in goes.
 However, because a 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 has not fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its
 actual location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
\layout Subsection

Usage and General Features
\layout Subsubsection

The Various Bindings
\layout Standard

Now that we've told you what you can and can't nest, it's about time we
 explained 
\emph on 
how
\emph default 
 to nest things!
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Author's Note: I debated putting this section before the previous two, but
 all three are so tied together, that it was hard to figure out the order.
 -jw
\end_float 
\layout Standard

First, you have your choice of keybindings, a toolbar button, and a menu
 item.
 Selecting 
\family sans 
Change
\protected_separator 
En
\bar under 
v
\bar default 
ironment
\protected_separator 
Depth
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu 
\emph on 
increases
\emph default 
 the nesting depth by one level.
 You can also increase the depth by using the toolbar button showing a picture
 of a page, with two arrows on either side of an indented paragraph.
 Lastly, you can 
\emph on 
increase
\emph default 
 the nesting depth with the keybinding 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
, while 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
 
\emph on 
decreases
\emph default 
 the nesting depth.
\layout Standard

There are two ways to nest text.
 You can select the text to nest, or you can simply move the cursor into
 the paragraph whose depth you want to change.
 The first method lets you alter several paragraphs at once.
\layout Standard

Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
 what happens.
\layout Standard

Lastly, we'd like to note the following:
\layout Itemize

If you 
\emph on 
decrease
\emph default 
 the depth multiple times [e.g.
 using 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
 repeatedly] LyX stops at the outermost level.
\layout Itemize

If you 
\emph on 
increase
\emph default 
 the depth multiple times [e.g.
 using 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
 repeatedly] LyX 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

wraps around.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 That is, when you reach the innermost level, LyX doesn't stop there, but
 returns to the outermost level if you try to increase the depth once more.
\layout Standard

Note that the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

innermost level
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 does not mean the innermost possible depth.
 You can't nest to an arbitrary level; there has to be something in the
 level above it.
\layout Standard

Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a sixfold nesting.
 In other words, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

level #6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 is the innermost possible depth.
 Here's an example to display what we mean:
\layout Enumerate

level #1 - outermost
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

level #2
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

level #3
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

level #4
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

level #5
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

level #6
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
 to produce output for your document.
\end_float 
 That means that you can perform a sixfold nesting of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list, or a 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 environment, and so on.
 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
\layout Standard

There are two exceptions to the sixfold nesting limit, and you can see both
 of them in the example.
 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a fourfold
 nesting with the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environments.
 For example, if we tried to nest another 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 list inside of item 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, we'd get errors.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
 to produce output for your document.
\end_float 
\layout Subsection

Some Examples
\layout Standard

The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
 We have several examples of nested environments.
 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
 them.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #1: The Sixfold-Way and Mixed Nesting
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#1-a This is the outermost level.
 It's a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#2-a This is level #2.
 We created it by using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#3-a This is level #3.
 This time, we just hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
, then used 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
 twice in a row.
 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
 by hitting 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

This is actually a 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment, nested inside of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 So, it's at level #4.
 We did this by hitting 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
, then changing the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
 for the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environments!
\layout Standard

Here's another 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#4-a This is level #4.
 We hit 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 and changed the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
.
 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
 However, we 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
 keep nesting things inside of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
and this is level #6.
 By now, you should know how we made these two.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#5-b Back to level #5.
 Just hit 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by a 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#4-b After another 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by a 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
, we're back at level #4.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#3-b Back to level #3.
 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#2-b Back to level #2.
 
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMM

#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
 After this sentence, we'll hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 and change the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 to end the list.
\layout Standard

There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
, or even the 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 environment in place of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
 The example would have worked exactly the same.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #2: Inheritance
\layout LyX-Code

This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost level.
 
\protected_separator 
Now we'll hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
, after which, we'll change to the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment, at level #2.
\layout Enumerate

Notice how the nested 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
], but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

We ended this example by hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
.
 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 and resetting the nesting depth by using 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
 once.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 Environments.
\layout Enumerate

This is level #1, in an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 paragraph environment.
 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is level #2.
 We used 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
.
 Now, what happens if we nest an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
 label be? An asterisk?
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

No! It's a bullet.
 This is the 
\emph on 
first
\emph default 
 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, even though it's at level #3.
 So, its label is a bullet.
 [Note: we got here by using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
, then changing the environment to 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
.]
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Here's level #4, produced using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
.
 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
to get to level #5.
 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
.
 Notice the type of numbering! It's 
\emph on 
lowercase Roman
\emph default 
, because we're the 
\emph on 
thirdfold
\emph default 
 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment [i.e.
 we're an
\family sans 
 Enumerate
\family default 
 inside an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 inside an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
].
\layout Enumerate

What happens if we 
\emph on 
don't
\emph default 
 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
 type of numbering does LyX use?
\layout Enumerate

Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
\layout Enumerate

Let's use 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
 to decrease the depth after the next 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is level #4.
 Look what type of label LyX is using!
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is level #3.
 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
 numeral as the label.
 Why?!
\layout Enumerate

Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is 
\emph on 
still
\emph default 
 a thirdfold 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
 Notice, however, that LyX 
\emph on 
did
\emph default 
 reset the counter for the label.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Another 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
 into the twofold-nested 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The same thing happens if we do another 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 
\family sans 
M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
\layout Standard

Lastly, we reset the environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
 LyX uses for the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environments.
 The number of 
\emph on 
other 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environments
\emph default 
 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 item.
 The same rule applies for the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, as well.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #4: Going Bonkers
\layout Enumerate

We're going to go totally nuts now.
 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
 same detail with how we did it.
 [level #1: 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
]
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[
\family sans 
Return, M-p
\protected_separator 
Left, Standard
\family default 
: level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
 example in brackets someplace.
 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

[
\family sans 
Return, Enumerate
\family default 
: level #1] This is the next item in the list.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Verse

Now we'll add verse.
\newline 
It will get much worse.
\newline 
[
\family sans 
Return, M-p
\protected_separator 
Left, Verse
\family default 
: level #2]
\layout Verse

Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
\newline 
Bippitey boppitey boo!
\newline 
[
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
]
\layout Verse

Here comes a table for you:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
8 0 0 
8 1 0 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

one-fish
\newline 
two-fish
\newline 
red-fish
\newline 
blue-fish
\end_deeper 
\layout Verse

[
\family sans 
M-Return, Table, M-p
\protected_separator 
Right
\family default 
 3 times, 
\family sans 
M-Return, Verse, M-p
\protected_separator 
Left
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

[
\family sans 
Return, Enumerate
\family default 
: level #1] This is another item.
 Note that selecting a 
\family sans 
Table
\family default 
 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
 3 times to put the table inside the 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 environment.
 
\layout Quotation

We're now ending the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 list and changing to 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
.
 We're still at level #1.
 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
 The next set of paragraphs is a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

quoted letter.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 We'll nest both the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
 environments inside of this one, then use another nested 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 for the letter body.
 We'll use 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 to preserve the depth.
 Remember that you need to use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 to create multiple lines inside the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\protected_separator 
Address
\family default 
 environments.
 Here it goes:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Right Address

1234 Nowhere Rd.
\newline 
Moosegroin, MT 00100
\newline 
9-6-96
\layout Address

Dear Mr.
\protected_separator 
Fizlewitz:
\layout Quotation

We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
 a backlog in our orders for methane.
 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
 as soon as possible.
 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
\layout Quotation

We do, however, now have a special on beef.
 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
 with your order, along with payment.
\layout Quotation

We thank you again for your patience.
\layout Address

Sincerely,
\newline 
=-=-=-=-=
\end_deeper 
\layout Quotation

That ends that example!
\layout Standard

As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
 just a few keystrokes.
 We could have easily nested an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list inside of a 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
, or put a 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 inside of an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list.
 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
\layout Section

Fonts and Text Styles
\layout Subsection

Overview
\layout Standard

Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
 font to emphasize text, you use an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

emphasized style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 instead.
 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focussing on typesetting
 details.
\layout Standard

Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
 character styles, 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
.
 The 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style corresponds to an italics font.
 The 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
 styles use to typeset proper names.
 The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles,
 and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to
 what styles.
 At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done
 already.
\layout Subsection

Global Options
\layout Standard

You can set the default font from the 
\family sans 
Document Layout
\family default 
 popup, activated using 
\family sans 
Document...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
Layout
\family default 
 menu.
 There are two options of interest here, 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
onts
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Font
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ize
\family default 
.
 The possible options under 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
onts
\family default 
 include 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
default
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and a list of fonts available on your system.
 The option 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
default
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

computer modern
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 (cm) or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

European modern
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 (ec).
 Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica
 font, with other variants.
 You'll have to examine this for yourself.
\layout Standard

As for the 
\family sans 
Font
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ize
\family default 
 option, there are three possible values: 
\family sans 
10
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
11
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
12
\family default 
.
 Remember, this is the 
\emph on 
base
\emph default 
 font size.
 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes [such as those
 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts] by this value.
 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
 need to.
 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
\layout Standard

Note that once you choose a new value for 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
onts
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Font
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ize
\family default 
, LyX does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 change the screen.
 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
 Besides, if you're intelligent enough to use a computer, you're intelligent
 enough to recognize that 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Roman
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 text on the LyX screen corresponds to the default font.
\layout Subsection

Using Different Character Styles
\layout Standard

As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
 certain paragraph environments.
 We also mentioned two other character styles, 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
.
 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
 toolbar.
\layout Standard

To activate the 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style, do one of the following:
\layout Itemize

select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
N
\bar default 
oun
\protected_separator 
Style
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu
\layout Itemize

click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
\layout Itemize

use the keybinding 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
c
\layout Standard

These commands are all toggles.
 That is, if 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style is already active, they deactivate it.
\layout Standard

One typically uses the 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style for proper names.
 For example: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\noun on 
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default 
 is the original author of LyX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

A more widely used character style is the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style.
 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style by:
\layout Itemize

selecting 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
mphasize
\protected_separator 
Style
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu
\layout Itemize

clicking on the toolbar button with the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 character on it
\layout Itemize

using the keybindings 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
e
\layout Standard

At the moment, the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
\layout Standard

We've been using the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style all over the place in this document.
 Here's one more example:
\layout Quotation


\emph on 
Don't overuse character styles!
\layout Standard

It's also a warning in addition to an example.
 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
 the common tendency to overuse character style.
 
\layout Standard

Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
 keybinding 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
Space
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Fine-Tuning with the 
\family sans 
Character Layout
\family default 
 Popup
\layout Standard

There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
 gives you a way to create custom character style.
 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
: There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
\end_float 
 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
 from ordinary dialogue.
\layout Standard

Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
 providing you with the power of a printing press.
 Unfortunately, there is this tendency to overuse that power.
 The phrase, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 comes to mind.
 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in it.
\layout Standard

Enough complaining.
\layout Standard

To use custom fonts, open the 
\family sans 
Character
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup using 
\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
haracter...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu.
 There are six buttons on this popup, each corresponding to a different
 font property which you can choose.
 You can choose an option for one of these six properties, or select 
\family sans 
No
\protected_separator 
change
\family default 
, which keeps the current state of that property.
 The item 
\family sans 
Reset
\family default 
 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
 environment.
 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
 environments in a snap.
\layout Standard

The six font properties, and their options [in addition to 
\family sans 
No
\protected_separator 
change
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Reset
\family default 
] are:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
amily
\family default 
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of the font.
 The possible options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Roman
\family default 
 This is the Roman font family.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default family.
 [keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
r
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Sans
\protected_separator 
Serif
\family default 
 
\family sans 
This is the Sans Serif font family.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
s
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Typewriter
\family default 
 
\family typewriter 
This is the Typewriter font family.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
p
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
eries
\family default 
 This corresponds to the print weight.
 Options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Medium
\family default 
 This is the Medium font series.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default series.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Bold
\family default 
 
\series bold 
This is the Bold font series.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

You can toggle this series on or off using 
\family sans 
\bar under 
B
\bar default 
old
\protected_separator 
Style
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu, or with the keybinding 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
b
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
S
\bar under 
h
\bar default 
ape
\family default 
 As the name implies.
 Options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Upright
\family default 
 This is the Upright font shape.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default shape.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Italic
\family default 
 
\shape italic 
This 
\family sans 
i
\family default 
s the Italic font shape
\shape default 
\emph on 
.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Slanted
\family default 
 
\shape slanted 
This is the Slanted font shape
\family sans 
 
\family default 
\shape default 
(although it might not be visible on screen, this is defferent from italic).
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Small
\protected_separator 
Caps
\family default 
 
\shape smallcaps 
This is the Small caps font shape
\shape default 
\noun on 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
Si
\bar under 
z
\bar default 
e
\family default 
 Alters the size of the font.
 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
nal to the default font size.
 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
 what you want to do.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

The options [and their keybindings] are:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Tiny
\family default 
 
\size tiny 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Tiny
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
t
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
1
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Smallest 
\family default 
\size scriptsize 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
2]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Smaller 
\family default 
\size footnotesize 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
S
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
3]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Small
\family default 
 
\size small 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
s
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
4]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Normal
\family default 
 This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default size.
 [keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
n
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
5]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Large
\family default 
 
\size large 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Large
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
l
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
6]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Larger
\family default 
 
\size larger 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Larger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
S-L
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
7]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Largest
\family default 
 
\size largest 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
8]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Huge
\family default 
 
\size huge 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
h
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
9]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Huger
\family default 
 
\size giant 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 
H
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s
\protected_separator 

\family default 
0]
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

We'll warn you 
\emph on 
yet again
\emph default 
: don't go crazy with this feature.
 You should almost never need to change the font size.
 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
 - use that instead.
 This is here for fine-tuning 
\emph on 
only!
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
isc
\family default 
 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
 Options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Emph
\family default 
 
\emph on 
This is text with emphasize on
\emph default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

This might seem like the same as 
\shape italic 
Italic
\shape default 
, but it is actually a bit different.
 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behaviour
 of this 
\emph on 
logical
\emph default 
 property.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Underbar
\family default 
 
\bar under 
This is text with Underbar on.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
u
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 
\noun on 
This is text with Noun on.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Like 
\family sans 
Emph
\family default 
, this is a logical attribute.
 For the moment, it is equivalent to 
\family sans 
Small
\protected_separator 
Caps
\family default 
, but that is bound to change some day.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
LaTeX
\protected_separator 
mode 
\family default 
\bar under 
\latex latex 
This is text in 
\backslash 
LaTeX mode.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

This is a special font attribute that is used when you want to insert raw
 LaTeX codes in your document.
 What appears in LaTeX mode is put verbatim into the LaTeX file.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
 when you couldn't change fonts.
 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
 an underscore character.
 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
 people 
\emph on 
may
\emph default 
 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Color 
\family default 
You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
 need to have the 
\family sans 
color 
\family default 
LaTeX package installed.
 Notice that 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 is not able to display these colors.
 Besides 
\family sans 
No
\protected_separator 
color
\family default 
, which
\family sans 
 
\family default 
is the standard 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

color
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, you can choose between 
\family sans 
Black
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
White
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Red
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Green
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Blue
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Cyan
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Magenta
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Yellow
\family default 
 text.
 We won't illustrate here, because most people do not have a color printer.
\layout Standard

You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
\layout Standard

Once you've chosen a new character style via the 
\family sans 
Character
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Font
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 [You can, of course, also use the usual 
\family sans 
OK
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
 buttons.] The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character
 style even when the 
\family sans 
Character
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup isn't visible.
 
\layout Standard

As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
 use 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
Space
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
 fonts.
 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
 writing.
 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
\layout Section

Printing and Previewing
\layout Subsection

Overview
\layout Standard

Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
 We cover some of this information in sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxandlatex}

\end_inset 

 as well.
\layout Standard

LyX uses a program called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LaTeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as its backend.
 [Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LaTeX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

] Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
 This happens in a couple of stages:
\layout Enumerate

First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
 generating a file with the extension, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Enumerate

Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file to produce printable output.
 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a 
\emph on 
device-independent
\emph default 
 file, or Dvi for short.
 The actual output is in a file with the extension, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 Dvi files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Description

NOTE: The dvi-file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
 If you have included PostScript® pictures in your document, there will
 only be a link to these files.
 So don't forget these files if you move your 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file to another computer.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Consider the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file to be the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

final output.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

You can view 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 files using a program called 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
.
\layout Enumerate

Some printers and Unix systems understand Dvi, and can print your 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file directly.
\layout Enumerate

Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript® format.
 LyX automatically converts the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file to a PostScript® file for you when you go to print out your document.
 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript® version of your document using
 the program 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
] takes any PostScript® graphics you may have included in your document
 and puts it into the resulting PostScript® version of your document.
 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
 That makes the PostScript® version much, much more portable than the Dvi
 version.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
\layout Standard

As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
 preview of your document.
 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
 processors.
 The printed result is worth the wait.
 Quality always has its price.
 
\layout Subsection

Quick Viewing with 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\layout Standard

To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select 
\family sans 
View
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
d
\bar default 
vi
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
 Then wait a while.
\layout Standard

When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
.
 You can now look at the results.
 [If you want more info on the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 program, see the 
\family typewriter 
man
\family default 
-pages.]
\layout Description

Helpful-Tip: Keep the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
pdate
\protected_separator 
dvi
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
 Now click on the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 window.
 The 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 program will automatically reread the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file and give you an updated view.
\layout Subsection

Viewing the PostScript® Version with 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\layout Standard

In general, using 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript® version.
 One reason is fonts.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
: Another reason is paranoia.
 I always like to look at the PostScript® file before I print it, just so
 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_float 
 You can use PostScript® fonts in a LaTeX document, but 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 won't show this.
 You'll need to use 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 or some other PostScript® file viewer to see the actual results.
\layout Standard

To view the PostScript® version of your document, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew
\protected_separator 
PostScript
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
 Then go get some coffee.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
Matthias Zenker:
\noun default 
 A reasonably fast machine will not give you the time, however\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_float 
 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
\family typewriter 
 ghostview
\family default 
.
 You can now look at the results.
\layout Standard

You've guessed what the 
\family sans 
Updat
\bar under 
e
\bar default 
 PostScript
\family default 
 command from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 window after this command to update the view.
\layout Subsection

Printing the File
\layout Standard

To print a file, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rint...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
 This opens the 
\family sans 
Print
\family default 
 popup.
\layout Standard

Here's a list of what all of the different options do:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMM


\family sans 
Print
\family default 
 Three toggle buttons that determine which pages to print.
 You can choose:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
All
\protected_separator 
Pa
\bar under 
g
\bar default 
es
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Only
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
O
\bar default 
dd
\protected_separator 
Pages
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Only
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ven
\protected_separator 
Pages
\layout Standard

You can use these to print on both sides of a page even if your printer
 only prints single-sided.
 Just print the odd-numbered pages first, then turn the paper over and print
 the even-numbered pages.
\end_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMM


\family sans 
Order
\family default 
 Two toggle buttons that determine what order to print in.
 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
 By choosing a particular order, you can take the entire stack of pages
 out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMM


\family sans 
Print
\protected_separator 
to
\family default 
 Two toggle buttons tied to text boxes.
 You can print to either a file or a printer:
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rinter
\family default 
 This is the name of the printer to print to.
\begin_float footnote 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Note that this printer name isn't for the 
\family typewriter 
lpr
\family default 
 command but for 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
 That means 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 has to be configured for this printer name.
 See the section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}

\end_inset 

 or the 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 documentation for details.
 The default printer can also be set in 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
.
\end_float 
 The printer should understand PostScript® files.
\begin_deeper 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 The name of a file to print to.
 The output will be in PostScript® format.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Be careful with this option, though.
 LyX currently uses a temporary directory to hold all of the different files
 that it generates.
 Unless you've disabled this feature, you need to specify the full path
 name for the output file.
 For example: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
/home/me/docs/myfile.ps
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 If you don't specify the full path name, LyX writes the file to the temporary
 directory.
\begin_float footnote 
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Is this still true? -Asger
\end_float 
\layout Standard

Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX, 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer, 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 have to process your document.
\layout Section

A Few Words about Typography
\layout Subsection

Hyphens and Hyphenation
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}

\end_inset 

In LyX, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 character comes in three lengths, often called the 
\emph on 
hyphen
\emph default 
, the 
\emph on 
en dash
\emph default 
, and the 
\emph on 
em dash
\emph default 
:
\layout Enumerate

hyphen
\hfill 
-
\hfill 
made with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

en dash
\hfill 
--
\hfill 
made with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\latex latex 

\backslash 
/
\latex default 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

em dash
\hfill 
---
\hfill 
made with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\latex latex 

\backslash 
/
\latex default 
-
\latex latex 

\backslash 
/
\latex default 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

minus sign
\hfill 

\begin_inset Formula \( - \)
\end_inset 


\hfill 
a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 in math mode
\layout Standard

You generate these by using the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 character multiple times in a row.
 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
 output.
\layout Standard

The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
 in math mode and has a length of its own.
 Here are some examples of the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 in use:
\layout Enumerate

line- and page-breaks
\hfill 
(
\emph on 
hyphen
\emph default 
)
\layout Enumerate

From A--Z
\hfill 
(
\emph on 
en dash
\emph default 
)
\layout Enumerate

Oh --- there's a dash.
\hfill 
(
\emph on 
em dash
\emph default 
)
\layout Enumerate


\begin_inset Formula \( x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2} \)
\end_inset 


\hfill 
(
\emph on 
minus sign
\emph default 
)
\layout Standard

Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
 there is one in the printed version.
\layout Standard

One last note about hyphenation --- LyX automagically breaks up words and
 inserts hyphens in English text.
 [Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words
 in 
\emph on 
some
\emph default 
 other languages.] The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final
 output.
 
\layout Standard

If, for some reason, LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation
 points manually.
 This is done with the menu item 
\family sans 
Hyphenation
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
oint
\family default 
 under 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial
\protected_separator 
Characters
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu.
 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
\layout Subsection

Punctuation Marks
\layout Subsubsection

Abbreviations and End of Sentence
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}

\end_inset 

When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
 LaTeX then adds the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

appropriate amount of space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

: sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
 word.
 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
\layout Standard

Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
 If a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
.
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
\layout Standard

Here are some examples of 
\emph on 
correct
\emph default 
 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
\layout Itemize

M.
 Butterfly
\layout Itemize

Don't worry.
 Be happy.
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\layout Itemize

e.
 g.
 this is too much space!
\layout Itemize

This is I.
 It's okay.
\layout Standard

You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
\layout Standard

To fix this problem, use one of the following:
\layout Enumerate

Use a 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
B
\bar default 
lank
\family default 
 after lowercase abbreviations (see section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}

\end_inset 

).
\layout Enumerate

Use an 
\family sans 
End
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 
sentence
\protected_separator 
period
\family default 
 found under the 
\family sans 
Insert->Special
\protected_separator 
Character
\family default 
 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
 This function is also bound to 
\family sans 
C-period
\family default 
 for easy access.
\layout Standard

With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
\layout Itemize

e.
\protected_separator 
g.
\protected_separator 
this is too much space!
\layout Itemize

This is I
\latex latex 
\SpecialChar \@.

\latex default 
 It's okay.
\layout Standard

Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
 of this.
 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
 check out the 
\family sans 
Edit->Check
\protected_separator 
TeX
\family default 
 feature described in 
\emph on 
Special tools
\emph default 
.
\layout Subsubsection

Quotes
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}

\end_inset 

LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
 and use a closing quote at the end.
 For example, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

open close
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 The keyboard character, 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
, generates this automatically.
\layout Standard

You can change the behavior of the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key using the 
\family sans 
Quotes
\family default 
 popup.
 Choose 
\family sans 
\bar under 
Q
\bar default 
uotes...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu.
 Selecting the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ouble
\family default 
 button makes the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key produce the sequence: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ingle
\family default 
 button, in contrast, makes the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key produce: 
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset 

'.
\layout Standard

You can also select quotes for different languages via the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ype
\family default 
 option.
 There are five choices:
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like this 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

double
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset 

single
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset 


\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes gls
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset 


\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset 

 
\family default 
Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset 


\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset 


\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Again, this affects what character the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key produces.
\layout Standard

On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
 
\family sans 
C-q
\family default 
.
 This produces: 
\family typewriter 
"
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Ligatures
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}

\end_inset 

It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
 print them as single characters.
 These groups are known as 
\emph on 
ligatures
\emph default 
.
 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
 too.
 Here are the possible ligatures:
\layout Itemize

ff
\layout Itemize

fi
\layout Itemize

fl
\layout Itemize

ffi
\layout Itemize

ffl
\layout Standard

Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
 While a ligature may be okay in the word, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

graffiti,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 it looks really weird in compound words, such as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cufflink
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or the German 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Dorffest.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 To break a ligature, use the LaTeX command 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
/
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 between the letters.
 [Use 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
t
\family default 
 or the toolbar button labelled TeX to mark text as LaTeX commands.
 See sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset 

.] This changes 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cufflinks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cuff
\latex latex 

\backslash 
/
\latex default 
links
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Dorffest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Dorf
\latex latex 

\backslash 
/
\latex default 
fest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

Widows and Orphans
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}

\end_inset 

In the early days of word processors, page breaks went whereever the page
 happened to end.
 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
 These dangly-bits of text became known as 
\emph on 
widows
\emph default 
 and 
\emph on 
orphans
\emph default 
.
\layout Standard

Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
\layout Standard

There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
 or how you can tweak that behavior.
 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}

\end_inset 

 or
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}

\end_inset 

] may have more information.
 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\layout Chapter

Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
\layout Section

Footnotes
\layout Standard

Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

foldable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 floats instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen
 or somewhere else in your text.
 When you insert a footnote via, what else, 
\family sans 
\series medium 
\bar under 
I
\bar no 
nsert
\bar default 
->
\bar under 
F
\bar no 
ootnote, 
\family roman 
you'll first see a red box with a label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

foot
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 appearing within your text.
 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
 You can enter your text into this box.
 If you click the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
foot
\family roman 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

--label, the box will 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

fold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
foot
\family roman 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 written as a superscript in red in the text, thereby 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unfolding
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the footnote.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

To close this footnote, click on the red box on the left side.
\end_float 
 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
 when it processes your file.
 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
 to stuff in the bottom margin).
\layout Standard

What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
 footnote--numbering back to 1 after each section in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
article
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\family roman 
 document class or changing the counter--style.
 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
\family default 
os
\family roman 
e 
\family default 
described in the 
\emph on 
Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
\emph default 
 section of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
Special Tools
\emph default 
.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Description

NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
 processors.
 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
 tables.
 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
 a neat feature.
\newline 
If you're intending to use the spellchecker, remember that floats 
\emph on 
must be open 
\emph default 
to be checked.
 In order to open or close 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 footnotes (and margin notes), choose 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit->Flo
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
ts
\protected_separator 
& 
\protected_separator 
Insets->Open
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
ll
\protected_separator 
Footnotes/Margin
\protected_separator 
Notes
\family default 
.
\layout Section

Margin Notes
\layout Standard

Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
 When you insert a margin note via 
\family sans 
\series medium 
\bar under 
I
\bar no 
nsert->
\bar under 
M
\bar no 
argin
\series default 
\bar default 

\protected_separator 
N
\series medium 
\bar no 
ote
\family default 
\series default 
\bar default 
 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see 
\family roman 
\series medium 
a red box with a label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 appearing within your text.
\begin_float margin 
\layout Standard

This is a margin note.
\end_float 
 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
 You can enter your text into this box.
 If you click the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

--label, the box will 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

fold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, making an exclamation mark appear beside the line in which you inserted
 the margin note.
 You can access it at a later time by clicking on 
\family roman 
the word 
\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

,
\family roman 
 written as a superscript in red in the text, thereby 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unfolding
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the margin note.
\layout Standard

As a default, LyX uses 1,9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow
 room for margin notes.
 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
 
\layout Section

Figures and Imported Graphics
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}

\end_inset 

No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
 graphics from other utilities into the document.
 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
 Encapsulated PostScript® figures are handled very well by LyX, which uses
 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 to generate an onscreen image for the LyX window, and the 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
epsfig 
\family default 
LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
 
\layout Standard

Note that figures referred to here are uncaptioned and sit wherever in the
 document you place them.
 If you need one of these features, see sec.
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

 below.
\layout Standard

Placing a figure in your document is done in two stages; first you tell
 LyX that you want a figure, then you open the blank figure and tell LyX
 the details about your figure.
 To place the figure, you click on the second right-most icon on the toolbar,
 or select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Fi
\bar under 
g
\bar default 
ure...
 
\family default 
from the menu.
\layout Standard

You will be presented with a popup which contains two options: 
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncapsulated
\protected_separator 
Postscript
\family default 
: This is for inserting normal PostScript® figures.
 The figures will sit between lines on their own, such as here:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center 

\begin_inset Figure size 367 158
file mobius.eps
flags 5

\end_inset 


\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nlined
\protected_separator 
EPS
\family default 
: This is for PostScript® figures as well, but these figures behave differently;
 they are inserted in the text stream like 
\begin_inset Figure size 72 14
file mobius.eps
width 2 1
height 2 0.2
flags 5

\end_inset 

 this tiny fellow.
\layout Standard

This popup used to have another option to insert a 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
aTeX
\protected_separator 
or
\protected_separator 
TeX
\family default 
 figure.
 This option is not present anymore, since you can directly insert any LaTeX
 file with the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Include
\protected_separator 
File
\family default 
 command.
\layout Standard

The second stage of manipulating a figure is done by clicking the left mouse
 button on the figure.
 A dialog box will appear, which allows you to enter the filename and various
 other parameters.
 The changes you make will not be applied to the figure until you hit 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply.
\layout Standard

This dialog has numerous parameters, so I'll step though each one in order.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
PS
\protected_separator 
File
\family default 
: This is the filename, and is fairly self-explanatory.
 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
B
\bar default 
rowse...
 
\family default 
button lets you wander through the file hierarchy in a graphical manner
 and select a file with your mouse.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Width
\family default 
: This section lets you manipulate the width of the image.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
Default
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 indicates that the image size will be whatever the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
EPS
\protected_separator 
file
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 says it should be.
 However, you can alter the size by checking one of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
cm
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
inches
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
%
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 
Page
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
%
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 
Column
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

' and entering a number in the box to the right of those checkboxes.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Height
\family default 
: This is similar to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
Width
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 above.
 Note that if only 
\emph on 
one 
\emph default 
of either the width or the height is specified and the other is set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
Default
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 then the ratio of width to height is will be kept the same as the original
 image.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Display
\family default 
: You can tweak the way the figure is displayed in LyX (this does not effect
 how the image will appear in the printed document, only on your screen).
 You may find that selecting 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
o
\protected_separator 
not
\protected_separator 
display
\protected_separator 
this
\protected_separator 
figure 
\family default 
will speed up the performance of LyX.
 LyX will just put an empty box in the document.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Options
\family default 
: This box contains two options which didn't fit anywhere else.
 
\family sans 
Display
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
F
\bar default 
rame
\family default 
 places a frame around the figure in the LyX window (but has no effect in
 the final document).
 The 
\family sans 
Do
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ranslations
\family default 
 checkbox does something wonderful, I am sure.
 I have no idea what it is though 
\emph on 
[Help me out here - what's it do? - PR; Ed\SpecialChar \@.
 Note-I'm not sure myself -jpw]
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Full
\protected_separator 
Screen
\protected_separator 
Preview
\family default 
: This option simply calls up ghostview to view the PostScript® figure in
 a window by itself.
 This can be useful for checking the figure outside of LyX.
\layout Subsection

Figure Floats
\layout Subsubsection

Using Figure Floats
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
 it preferable to use 
\family sans 
Figu
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
e
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
, which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
 deems necessary for a good fit.
 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
 place a caption on them, using the 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment explained in sec.
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

To place a 
\family sans 
Figu
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
e
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
 simply select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Floats->Figu
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
e
\protected_separator 
Float 
\family default 
from the menu bar.
 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
 above to insert the actual figure.
 In two-column documents, you can select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Floats->Wide
\protected_separator 
Figu
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
e
\protected_separator 
Float 
\family default 
to get a float that spans the width of the page.
\begin_float fig 
\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}

\end_inset 

M.C.
 Escher on acid.
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset Figure size 198 203
file escher-lsd.eps
flags 6

\end_inset 


\end_float 
 
\begin_float fig 
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset Figure size 434 332
file platypus.eps
flags 6

\end_inset 


\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}

\end_inset 

A severely distorted platypus in a float.
\end_float 
\layout Standard

It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
 caption.
 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then insert the
 
\family sans 
Fi
\bar under 
g
\bar default 
ure
\family default 
 when the cursor is at the very start of the caption (or you can delete
 the caption and recreate it by selecting the 
\family sans 
Caption 
\family default 
environment after the figure has been inserted).
 This is what we did for figure 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}

\end_inset 

.
 If the cursor is at the end of the caption when you insert the 
\family sans 
Fi
\bar under 
g
\bar default 
ure
\family default 
 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}

\end_inset 

.
 It is always best to use one 
\family sans 
Figure
\family default 
 per 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
.
 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
\layout Standard

This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
 to it; as you would expect from reading section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

 you can simply insert a 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
abel
\family default 
 in the caption and refer to it using a 
\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
ross-Reference
\family default 
 as normal.
 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
 using vague references to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

the above figure,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
 might not be 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 at all.
 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
 by themselves.
 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
\layout Standard

There are two more features of the 
\family sans 
Figu
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
e
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Wide
\protected_separator 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
; the figure is automatically included in a 
\family sans 
List
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
F
\bar default 
igures
\family default 
 (as described in sec.
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}

\end_inset 

) should you choose to include one in your document.
 The second feature is that (like all floats) it can be closed or opened,
 which lets you concentrate on your text and hide the figures.
\layout Subsubsection

Float Placement
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}

\end_inset 

Now, the whole idea behind 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
 [as well as 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
, which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
 This feature would be useless if you couldn't control that 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

sensible fashion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in some way.
 LyX has four different locations where it will try to put a figure:
\layout Description

Here: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 at the same point in the text where you put it.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
\end_deeper 
\layout Description

Top: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 at the top of the current page.
 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
\layout Description

Bottom: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 at the bottom of the current page.
 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
\layout Description

Page: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 on a page of its own.
\layout Standard

You can specify this using the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup [opened using 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\family default 
].
 There is a box called 
\family sans 
Flo
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
t
\protected_separator 
Placement
\family default 
 which controls the global location of 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
s.
\layout Standard

Now, there is some subtlety to how this all works.
 You can place any combination of four letters in the 
\family sans 
Flo
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
t
\protected_separator 
Placement
\family default 
 box, in any order:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
h
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
here
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
t
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
top
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
b
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
bottom
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
p
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
page
\layout Standard

The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on.
 Here are some example entries and what they do:
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
hbp
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
tp
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
p
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Always put figures and tables on their own page.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

One last note: 
\family sans 
Flo
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
t
\protected_separator 
Placement
\family default 
 controls the position of 
\emph on 
both
\emph default 
 figure and table floats.
\layout Subsection


\family typewriter 
XFig
\family default 
 and LyX
\layout Standard

One obvious question is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

how would I create the figures?
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
 
\family typewriter 
XFig
\family default 
 is a powerful and highly recommended drawing tool.
 If you want to include figures that you have created with 
\family typewriter 
XFig
\family default 
 there are several ways.
 We recommend the following:
\layout Enumerate

Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript®.
 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
 sections.
 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
 available.
 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
 PostScript® fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
 The figure can be manipulated like any other
 EPS figure, as described above.
\newline 
The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript®
 text except by hand.
 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
 the next way is recommended.
\layout Enumerate

Export the figure as LaTeX.
 This is just as easy include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
 Therefore you have to set the 
\emph on 
special flag 
\emph default 
for text in XFig.
 This is automatically if you invoke XFig with 
\family typewriter 
xfig
\protected_separator 
-specialtext
\family default 
.
 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

$H_2$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in 
\family typewriter 
XFig\SpecialChar \@.

\family default 
 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
input
\family default 
 this text will appear as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

H_2
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 
\newline 
The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
 annoyingly, not all slopes.
 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
\layout Enumerate

Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript® combined.
 Then 
\family typewriter 
XFig
\family default 
 [
\family typewriter 
transfig
\family default 
, really] will generate two files: 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

the PostScript® part 
\family typewriter 
foo.ps_tex
\family default 
, that contains all painting.
\layout Enumerate

the LaTeX part 
\family typewriter 
foo.ps_tex_t
\family default 
, that contains all text and a link to the PostScript® part.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above with 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
input
\protected_separator 
foo.ps_tex_t
\family default 
\emph on 
.

\latex latex 
 
\emph default 
\latex default 
This will automatically include the PostScript® part, too.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

If you get an error like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unknown graphics extension ps_tex
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 you have to declare this graphic extensions.
 I think this is a transfig bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
 Simply add a line like
\layout Standard


\backslash 
@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
\layout Standard

in the file 
\family typewriter 
/usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
\family default 
.
 Then add 
\family typewriter 
ps_tex
\family default 
 to the extension:
\layout Standard


\backslash 
def
\backslash 
Gin@extensions{eps, ps, ps_tex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
\layout Standard

This should fix the whole thing.
 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as 
\family typewriter 
foo.eps
\family default 
 and change the LaTeX part 
\family typewriter 
foo.ps_tex_t
\family default 
 manually.
 But this is annoying.
 
\end_float 
 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
 So if you want scalable pictures the PostScript® format is your only choice.
 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
 nicer.
\layout Section

Tables
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}

\end_inset 

LyX now has the capability of creating and editing WYSIWYM tables.
 LaTeX can do many more things with tables than LyX is currently capable
 of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX book if the table feature
 described here should turn out to be inadequate to fill your needs.
\layout Standard

You can insert a table using either the table button or 
\family sans 
\shape up 
Ta
\bar under 
b
\bar default 
le
\family default 
\emph on 
->
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\protected_separator 
Table
\family default 
\emph default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
\shape default 
 menu.
 A popup will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
 Here's an example:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
4 4 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
1 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0


\newline 
12
\newline 
45
\newline 
98
\newline 
A
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
B
\newline 

\newline 
multi 
\newline 
C
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\layout Subsection

The Table
\protected_separator 
Layout pop-up
\layout Standard

You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
 pops up a window of options.
 Among these options are:
\layout Itemize

Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
 row in the example above.
 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
 the left line of the column to the right.
\layout Itemize

Text alignment in a column
\layout Itemize

Appending rows and columns
\layout Itemize

Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
\layout Itemize

Multicolumn
\layout Itemize

Setting a fixed width for a column
\layout Itemize

Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
 next one
\layout Itemize

Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
\layout Standard

You can also use the menu to perform these options.
 Try 
\family sans 
Edit->Table
\family default 
 when the cursor is inside a table.
 
\layout Standard

Most of these options also work on selections.
 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows (you always have
 to select cells, but it depends on the action, how these selected cells
 are interpreted) the action is done on all of your selection.
\layout Standard

When you append a row, it is added 
\emph on 
below
\emph default 
 the row containing the cursor.
 Similarly, columns are appended to the 
\emph on 
right
\emph default 
 of the cursor.
 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
 a lot of cutting and pasting.
 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
 
\layout Standard

Multicolumn merges two adjacent cells on a given row.
 For example, in the above table, row 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

B
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

45
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

98.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose 
\family sans 
Multicolumn
\family default 
 from the menu.
\layout Standard

You can also use 
\family sans 
Multicolumn
\family default 
 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell, regarding
 then top and bottom border-lines and the text alignment.
 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
5 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
2 1 1 
4 1 0 
4 1 1 
1 8 1 1 0 0 0
1 8 1 1 0 0 0
1 8 1 1 0 0 0
1 2 1 0 0 0 0
0 4 1 0 0 0 0
0 4 1 0 0 0 0
1 2 0 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0


\series bold 
*
\series default 

\newline 

\series bold 
x
\series default 

\newline 

\series bold 
y
\series default 

\newline 

\series bold 
point a & b
\series default 

\newline 
103
\newline 
9
\newline 

\series bold 
point b & a
\series default 

\newline 
599
\newline 
340
\newline 

\series bold 
point abc
\series default 

\newline 
1009
\newline 
52
\newline 

\series bold 
point abcd
\series default 

\newline 
96
\newline 
11
\layout Standard

You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, were
 as the left column is aligned to the left and the other columns are aligned
 to the right.
 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
\layout Standard

If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
 in the 
\family sans 
Width
\family default 
\emph on 
 
\emph default 
input-field of the 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
\layout Standard

If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
 can select the 
\family sans 
Rotate
\protected_separator 
90°
\family default 
 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
 document style).
 You might also like to rotate single table cells for having more horizontal
 space.
 Look at the following example, which demonstrates what you may need this
 feature for.
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Notice:
\emph default 
 This 
\family sans 
Rotate
\protected_separator 
90°
\family default 
 option will 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 display on screen, and works 
\emph on 
only
\emph default 
 for PostScript® output.
 So, if you want to preview them, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew
\protected_separator 
PostScript
\family default 
, as 
\family sans 
View
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
d
\bar default 
vi
\family default 
 will not work.
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
6 12 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 0
2 1 1 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
4 1 1 
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 1 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 2 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 4 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
1 8 1 1 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
2 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0

Description
\newline 
Flag 1
\newline 
Flag 2
\newline 
Flag 3
\newline 
Flag 4
\newline 
Flag 5
\newline 
Flag 6
\newline 
Flag 7
\newline 
Flag 8
\newline 
Flag 9
\newline 
Flag 10
\protected_separator 

\newline 
Total
\newline 
Desc.
\protected_separator 
1
\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
7
\newline 
Desc.
\protected_separator 
2
\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
9
\newline 
Desc.
\protected_separator 
3
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
8
\newline 
Desc.
\protected_separator 
4
\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 
*
\newline 

\newline 
6
\newline 
Total
\newline 
 
\newline 
30
\layout Standard

As you can see in the above example, the text in the header-line (Flag 1\SpecialChar \ldots{}
Flag
 10) would not fit inside the paper width if they weren't rotated.
\layout Subsection

What can be placed inside a table?
\layout Standard

Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
 Any single line of text, a math inset (not a displayed or multilined equation,
 though), or a figure can be in a cell, in fact, all three kinds of objects
 can be placed in the same cell.
 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
 them properly.
 However, you can't put a table inside a cell of another table, nor can
 you put a special environment in a cell (like 
\family sans 
Section*
\family default 
, etc.), since LyX then tries to put the whole table in that environment,
 treating it like a paragraph.
 The results of that will be unpredictable.
\layout Subsection

Cut & Paste & Tables
\layout Standard

Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
 Selection with the mouse or with 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 plus the arrow-keys works as usual.
 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
 using the mouse to select and paste.
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
0 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

1
\newline 
2
\newline 
3
\newline 
4
\newline 
5
\newline 
6
\newline 
7
\newline 
8
\newline 
9
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
4 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

1
\newline 
2
\newline 
3
\newline 
4
\newline 
5
\newline 
6
\newline 
7
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\layout Standard

Note that the cutting and pasting may give undesirable results unless the
 target table has the same number of columns as the source table.
\layout Standard

To be able to copy/cut and paste a 
\emph on 
whole
\emph default 
 table you need a little trick.
 There has to be a paragraph 
\emph on 
before
\emph default 
 and 
\emph on 
after
\emph default 
 the table.
 This means that if the table is the first and/or last entry in your document,
 you have to create paragraphs around it! Now select the whole table starting
 from the last character of the paragraph before the table till before the
 first character of the paragraph after the table.
 Now you will cut/copy the entire table including the structure, and not
 only the contents of the table.
\layout Subsection

Multiple lines in cells
\layout Standard

It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
 WYSIWYM manner.
 There are several methods that can be used to achieve this:
\layout Enumerate

Define a fixed length for the column in the 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
 enlarged vertically, when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
 length.
\layout Enumerate

Remove the line between two (or more) adjacent rows.
 This gives only an approximation of a truly multi-line cell.
 
\layout Enumerate

Define a fixed length for the column in the 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Layout 
\family default 
popup and press the 
\family sans 
Linebreaks 
\family default 
button.
 After this you should be able to force linebreaks by inserting 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\backslash 

\backslash 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 marked as TeX, but this shouldn't be needed as selecting 
\family sans 
Linebreaks
\family default 
 means that the linebreaks are WYSIWYG in the resulting document.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Here is an example table:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
10 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
0 1 1 0
0 1 0 0
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 0
8 1 0 
2 1 0 3cm
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
1 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 2 1 1 1 0 1
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 2 1 1 1 0 1
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 1 0 1
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 1 0 1
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 1
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

1
\newline 
2
\newline 
3
\newline 
4
\newline 
This is a multiline entry in a table.
\newline 
5
\newline 
6
\newline 
This is longer now.
\newline 
7
\newline 
8
\newline 
This is a multiline entry in a table.
 This is longer now.
\newline 
9
\latex latex 

\newline 

\latex default 
10
\newline 
This is a 
\latex latex 

\backslash 

\backslash 

\latex default 
 
\emph on 
multiline
\emph default 
 
\latex latex 

\backslash 

\backslash 

\latex default 
 entry in a table.
\newline 
11
\newline 

\newline 
This should be the same as below.
\newline 

\newline 
12
\newline 
This is a
\newline 
13
\newline 

\newline 

\emph on 
multiline
\emph default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
entry in a table.
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
This should be the same as above.
\newline 

\layout Standard

You can see that the multilined text will not appear that way within LyX,
 but it will print that way.
 If the lines are very long, you can hit 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 and you'll get a new row in the same cell where you can continue to write.
 Be aware that the output will 
\emph on 
NOT
\emph default 
 respect this row breaks but will treat the whole text of the cell as if
 inputed in one row.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

A related concern is that text within a cell will not wrap to fit the page,
 so if a line of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond
 the right margin of the page.
 Similarly, LyX's table inset will not split itself at the bottom of a page,
 and so might extend below the bottom margin.
 You have these options to resolve this problem:
\layout Enumerate

Split it into two tables, to correctly handle pagebreaks and margins.
\layout Enumerate

Push the 
\family sans 
Longtable 
\family default 
button in the 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too high.
 After doing this, the list of 
\family sans 
Longtable
\family default 
 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
FirstHead
\family default 
: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the header-lines of the first page of the multipage-
table.
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Head
\family default 
: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the header-lines of all pages of the multipage-table
 except for the first page if 
\family sans 
FirstHead
\family default 
 is defined.
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Foot
\family default 
: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the footer-lines of all pages of the multipage-table
 except for the last page if 
\family sans 
LastFoot
\family default 
 is defined.
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
LastFoot
\family default 
: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the footer-lines of the last page of the multipage-t
able.
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
NewPage
\family default 
: This forces a pagebreak after the row where this flag is defined.
\layout Standard

If you define more flags in the same table row, you should be aware of the
 fact that only the first flag is used in the defined table rows.
 The others will the be defined as 
\emph on 
empty
\emph default 
.
 In this context, first means first in this order: 
\family sans 
Foot, LastFoot,
\family default 
 
\family sans 
Head,
\family default 
 
\family sans 
FirstHead
\family default 
 [
\emph on 
Look at the longtable.lyx example file to see how this works -- jv
\emph default 
].
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Use the 
\family sans 
Width 
\family default 
entry in the 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup to restrict the width of the table till it fits horizontally.
\layout Enumerate

A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

One
\protected_separator 
last
\protected_separator 
remark: 
\family sans 
Longtable
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Rotate
\protected_separator 
90°
\family default 
 use special LaTeX packages, so you should look into 
\family sans 
L
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
TeX
\protected_separator 
configuration
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
elp 
\family default 
menu to see if your system supports these features.
\layout Subsection

Table Floats
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}

\end_inset 

If you simply use the table button on the icon toolbar to create your table,
 or the 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
\shape default 
->
\family sans 
\shape up 
Ta
\bar under 
b
\bar default 
le
\family default 
\shape default 
->
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\protected_separator 
Table 
\family default 
\shape default 
menu, the table will be positioned exactly where the cursor was located,
 displayed on a separate line and centered.
 Using a 
\family sans 
\shape up 
Tabl
\bar under 
e
\bar default 

\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
\shape default 
 or 
\family sans 
Wide
\protected_separator 
Table
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
, from the 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Floats
\family default 
\shape default 
 menu, will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
 exactly where you insert it.
 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

, and is described in the section on float-placement for figures 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}

\end_inset 

.
 Table 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}

\end_inset 

 is an example of a table float, whose insertion point in LyX is at the
 end of this sentence.
 As with 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Floats
\family default 
, the difference between a 
\family sans 
Table
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
 and a 
\family sans 
Wide
\protected_separator 
Table
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
 is that the wide version spans both columns in a two-column document.
\begin_float tab 
\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}

\end_inset 

A table float.
\layout Standard
\align center \LyXTable
multicol4
3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

1
\newline 
2
\newline 
3
\newline 
Joe
\newline 
Mary
\newline 
Ted
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \int x^{2}dx \)
\end_inset 


\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \left[ \begin{array}{cc}
a & b\\
c & d
\end{array}\right]  \)
\end_inset 


\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( 1+1=2 \)
\end_inset 


\end_float 
 
\layout Subsubsection

Table Float Captions.
\layout Standard

When you open a table float the first thing you are prompted for is a caption.
 To actually create the table, click on the table icon on the toolbar when
 the cursor is in the float.
 You can control whether the caption is above the table, or below.
 If you insert a caption (which must be a single paragraph) immediately
 after the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\series bold 
Table:
\series default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 inside the float, and click on the table icon after the caption, the caption
 will appear above the table, as in Table
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table: A table float}

\end_inset 

.
 If you first click on the icon to open the table popup, then write the
 caption afterward, the caption will appear below the table, as in Table
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float with caption below}

\end_inset 

.
\begin_float tab 
\layout Standard
\align center \LyXTable
multicol4
3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

1
\newline 
2
\newline 
3
\newline 
4
\newline 
5
\newline 
6
\newline 
7
\newline 
8
\newline 
9
\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float with caption below}

\end_inset 

A second table float, with the caption below.
\end_float 
 You can also create a table float without a caption, by creating the table
 as a displayed table (not within a float), highlighting the whole thing,
 and using the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
->
\family sans 
Tabl
\bar under 
e
\bar default 

\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
 menu item.
 This was done for Table
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:captionless}

\end_inset 


\begin_float tab 
\layout Standard
\align center \LyXTable
multicol4
3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

1
\newline 
2
\newline 
3
\newline 
4
\newline 
5
\newline 
6
\newline 
7
\newline 
8
\newline 
9
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:captionless}

\end_inset 


\end_float 
, which, since it has no caption, will not be numbered, even though the
 reference is numbered.
 It is not possible to place a caption with a table unless it is a table
 float.
 Note that labelling the tables automatically numbers them, and cross-references
 (cf.
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

) will display that number in the output.
\layout Subsubsection

Float Placement
\layout Standard

The techniques of how to control the placement of table floats is the same
 as that for 
\family sans 
Figure
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
s.
 See section
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}

\end_inset 

 for details.
\layout Section

Table of Contents and other Listings
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}

\end_inset 

One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
 you create various 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Lists,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 such as a ToC (Table of Contents).
 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
 at the place where you want the list to appear.
 
\layout Standard

If you are a LaTeX user or are used to an older version of LyX, you might
 remember that LaTeX should be run several times to get things right.
 Fortunately, this is not needed anymore.
 LyX will make sure that LaTeX is run a sufficient number of times in order
 for the lists to appear in your dvi--output.
\layout Subsection

The Table of Contents
\layout Standard

In order to get a Table of Contents (ToC), you need to do 5 things:
\layout Enumerate

Use a document--class that supports ToC (all but 
\family typewriter 
letter
\family default 
).
\layout Enumerate

Use styles that are supported by the ToC function: 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
(Sub...) Section
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
(Sub...) Paragraph
\family default 
.
 Note that styles with a 
\family sans 
*
\family default 
, like 
\family sans 
Section*
\family default 
, will 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 appear in the ToC.
\layout Enumerate

Make sure you set the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ection
\protected_separator 
number
\protected_separator 
depth 
\family default 
and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
able
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 
contents
\family default 
.
\family sans 

\protected_separator 
depth
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup to the appropriate value.
 If, for example, you only want chapters and sections to appear in the ToC,
 set the value to 3.
\layout Enumerate

Insert the ToC-- command at a place of your liking.
 You'll find it under 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Lists
\protected_separator 
&
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
T
\bar default 
OC->
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
able
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 
Contents
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

But there is something else that you can do with a ToC.
 Whether or not you've created a ToC in your text, you can invoke the function
 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit->
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
able
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 
Contents
\family default 
.
 You will get a second window with a ToC that lets you navigate the text.
 
\layout Subsection

List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}

\end_inset 

Lists of Figures (LoF), Lists of Tables (LoT) and Lists of Algorithms (LoA)
 are very much like ToCs.
 There are some slight differences, though, that you need to heed.
 Although the following description is for Lists of Figures, the same procedure
 applies to LoTs and LoAs.
\layout Enumerate

If you want you figures to appear in your LoF, you 
\emph on 
must
\emph default 
 use figure floats.
 You can find them under
\family sans 
\bar under 
 I
\bar default 
nsert->Floats->Figu
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
e
\protected_separator 
Float
\family default 
.
\layout Enumerate

Insert the LoF -- command at a place of your liking.
 Select either 
\family sans 
List
\protected_separator 
of
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
F
\bar default 
igures
\family default 
, from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->Lists
\protected_separator 
&
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
T
\bar default 
OC
\family default 
 submenu.
\layout Enumerate

[
\emph on 
Author's note: the astute reader might notice that there is no mention of
 algorithms in this User's Guide.
 This is because algorithm floats is a new feature that is not yet documented
 -jml
\emph default 
]
\layout Chapter

Mathematical Formulas
\layout Section

Basic Math Editing
\layout Standard

Editing mathematical expressions in LyX is now almost-completely WYSIWYM.
 This is something that makes many old TeX users worried
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Author's Note: I'm one of them.
 - dlj
\end_float 
.
 They like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like 
\family typewriter 
$
\backslash 
alpha$
\family default 
 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
 menus for a symbol.
 Here's a testimonial of one of those old TeX users, 
\noun on 
David Johnson:
\layout Quotation

I was finally convinced that the math-editor (Mathed) was the way to go
 when I found that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way
 I was accustomed to writing TeX.
 As an example, I created this 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

 by typing the following keys: First type
\family typewriter 
 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
m
\family typewriter 
 
\family default 
to enter
\family typewriter 
 math-mode
\family default 
, then type
\family typewriter 
 
\backslash 
alpha
\family sans 
 
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
Space 
\family default 
and
\family sans 
 Esc
\family default 
.
 As soon as I typed that 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 the 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

 was right there on the screen.
 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
m
\family default 
 sequence starts 
\family typewriter 
math-mode
\family default 
, the
\family typewriter 
 
\backslash 
alpha
\family default 
 is of course the standard TeX code, and the 
\family sans 
Esc
\family default 
 leaves 
\family typewriter 
math-mode
\family default 
.
 It is a little slower getting in to 
\family typewriter 
math-mode
\family default 
 than with standard TeX (for this mode, maybe, at least), but the advantages:
 
\layout Itemize

You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct,
\layout Itemize

You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least),
\layout Itemize

All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
 of by LyX, not you,
\layout Itemize

You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing 
\family sans 
$
\family default 
 or extra 
\family sans 
{
\family default 
 any more.
\layout Itemize

If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like 
\begin_inset Formula \( \wp  \)
\end_inset 

, you can find it in the popups.
\layout Standard

-- these advantages mean that you will be faster writing mathematics with
 LyX than with raw LaTeX.
\layout Subsection

Invoking Mathed
\layout Standard

There are several ways to invoke 
\family roman 
Mathed
\family typewriter 
.
 
\family default 
You can just click on the icon with 
\begin_inset Formula \( \frac{a+b}{c} \)
\end_inset 

 on it.
 That will open a little blue square, with a purple rectangle around it.
 That blue square is the math-cursor position, and the rectangle indicates
 that you are in math-mode.
 There is also a choice on the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
 menu that does the same thing, or you can use a keyboard macro, 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
m
\family default 
, or 
\family sans 
C-m
\family default 
.
 Clicking on the icon will list all the equivalent keyboard macros to start
 Mathed.
 Starting Mathed in either of these ways produces an in-line Mathed box.
 To make it a displayed equation box, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
isplay
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Standard

If you are using 
\family typewriter 
math-mode
\family default 
 to simply type, say, a Greek letter, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

, there is a special shortcut, just type 
\family sans 
M-m
\protected_separator 
g
\protected_separator 
a
\family default 
 to get 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

,
\family sans 
 M-m
\protected_separator 
g
\protected_separator 
b
\family default 
 to get 
\begin_inset Formula \( \beta  \)
\end_inset 

, 
\emph on 
etc.
\layout Standard

You can also invoke Mathed from the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 popup, or 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 for short.
 The 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 is incredibly useful, so you may want to open it and leave it somewhere
 on the screen.
 Select 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
anel
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
 menu to open it.
 Selecting anything from the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 will also start Mathed.
\layout Subsection

Navigating an Equation
\layout Standard

You can click on an existing Mathed equation (anything in blue text) and
 you will automatically activate Mathed, and place the cursor near where
 you clicked.
 The best control over cursor position within an existing equation is achieved
 with the arrow keys.
 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted,
 since Mathed needs more than simple linear arrangement of symbols.
 
\layout Standard

The arrow keys can be used to navigate between text areas in any Mathed
 structure.
 Pressing an arrow key when at the edge of Mathed will leave Mathed, if
 the arrow is pointing out of the Mathed box.
 Pressing 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 will leave a fraction or other Mathed structure (a square root 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2} \)
\end_inset 

, or parentheses 
\begin_inset Formula \( \left( f\right)  \)
\end_inset 

, or a matrix 
\begin_inset Formula \( \left[ \begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right]  \)
\end_inset 

), staying within Mathed.
 Pressing 
\family sans 
Esc
\family default 
 will exit Mathed, placing the cursor to the right of the box.
 Pressing 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 will also exit Mathed, but place the cursor one space beyond the box (creating
 that space if it is not there.
 
\family sans 
Tab
\family default 
 can be used to move horizontally in a Mathed structure, like the rows of
 a matrix or the positions in a multiline equation.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
 For that reason, you have to be careful about using 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
 For example, if you want 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2x+1} \)
\end_inset 

, type 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
sqrt
\family sans 

\protected_separator 

\family default 
then 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
, then
\family sans 

\protected_separator 

\family typewriter 
2x+1
\family default 
, not 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
sqrt
\family sans 

\protected_separator 
Space
\protected_separator 

\family typewriter 
2x
\family sans 

\protected_separator 
Space
\protected_separator 

\family typewriter 
+
\family sans 

\protected_separator 
Space
\protected_separator 

\family typewriter 
1
\family default 
, since in the latter case only the 
\family typewriter 

\begin_inset Formula \( 2x \)
\end_inset 


\family default 
 will be under the square root sign, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2x}+1 \)
\end_inset 

.
 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
 little unlearning.
 
\layout Standard

Speaking of the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 bar, you may want to create blank spaces, beyond the standard spacing that
 LaTeX provides.
 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
 The first thing to do is to type 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
.
 This generates a small space, and prints a small red underscore on the
 screen: 
\begin_inset Formula \( a\, b \)
\end_inset 

.
 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
 
\emph on 
Before
\emph default 
 you move the cursor, after typing 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
, if you hit 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
 sizes.
 The last one in the list is blue, and is a negative space.
 For example: 
\begin_inset Formula \( a\quad b \)
\end_inset 

, or 
\begin_inset Formula \( a\! b \)
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

You can leave many Mathed structures, like this matrix, partially filled
 in, such as:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left( \begin{array}{ccc}
\lambda _{1} &  & \\
 & \ddots  & \\
 &  & \lambda _{n}
\end{array}\right) .\]

\end_inset 

If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most objects don't mind.
 
\layout Subsection

Selecting Text
\layout Standard

You can select text within Mathed in two different ways.
 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press 
\family sans 
Shift-Arrow 
\family default 
to select text.
 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
 Alternately, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
 That text can then be copied or cut by pressing the menubar icons, and
 can then be pasted within any math inset (not outside of LyX, or even in
 a plain text region in LyX, though).
 Selected text from elsewhere in LyX cannot (yet) be pasted into a math
 inset, nor can selections from outside of LyX be pasted into a math inset.
 
\layout Subsection

Exponents and Subscripts
\layout Standard

You can use the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath 
\family default 
menu to add in superscripts (
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
xponent
\family default 
 on the menu) or subscripts (called 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
ndex
\family default 
), but the much easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
 To get 
\begin_inset Formula \( x^{2} \)
\end_inset 

, type (in Mathed) 
\family typewriter 
x^2
\family default 
 then 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
 The final 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
 the superscript.
 If you type 
\family typewriter 
x^2y
\family default 
, you will get 
\begin_inset Formula \( x^{2y} \)
\end_inset 

, to get 
\begin_inset Formula \( x^{2}y \)
\end_inset 

, type 
\family typewriter 
x^2
\family sans 
 
\family default 
then 
\family sans 
Space 
\family default 
then
\family sans 

\protected_separator 

\family typewriter 
y
\family default 
.
 Subscripts are similar, to get 
\begin_inset Formula \( a_{1} \)
\end_inset 

, type (in Mathed) 
\family typewriter 
a_1
\family sans 

\protected_separator 

\family default 
then
\family sans 
 Space
\family default 
.
 
\layout Subsection

Fractions 
\layout Standard

Create a fraction with either 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
frac
\family sans 
 
\family default 
(in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 popup or the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
 menu item 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
raction
\family default 
.
 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
 squares top and bottom.
 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
 To move to the bottom, simply press 
\family sans 
Down
\family default 
.
 To move back up, press 
\family sans 
Up
\family default 
.
 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left[ \frac{1}{\left( \begin{array}{cc}
2 & 3\\
4 & 5
\end{array}\right) }\right] \]

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

Sums and Integrals 
\layout Standard

Sum 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sum  \)
\end_inset 

 and integral 
\begin_inset Formula \( \int  \)
\end_inset 

 signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, which are placed in LyX (as in TeX) as superscripts and subscripts.
 Sum will automatically place their 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 over and under the symbol in displaystyle, but will move them to the side
 when inlined, such as 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sum _{n=0}^{\infty }\frac{1}{n!}=e \)
\end_inset 

, versus 
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\sum _{n=1}^{\infty }\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln \left( \frac{1}{1-x}\right) .\]

\end_inset 

Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
 over and under the integral sign in displaystyle, as in 
\begin_inset Formula \( \int _{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x) \)
\end_inset 

, versus
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\int _{-\infty }^{\infty }\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi .\]

\end_inset 

Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
 In display mode , the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
 in front of the sign and hitting 
\family sans 
A-m l
\family default 
.
 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
 Certain other mathematical expressions have this feature as well, such
 as 
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\lim _{x\rightarrow \infty }f(x),\]

\end_inset 

which will place the 
\begin_inset Formula \( x\rightarrow \infty  \)
\end_inset 

 underneath the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

lim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in display mode, but not in inlined mode, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \lim _{x\rightarrow \infty }f(x) \)
\end_inset 

.
 The 
\begin_inset Formula \( \lim  \)
\end_inset 

, in red, has a special significance.
 It is considered as a special object in LaTeX, so that it treats subscripts
 that way.
 You get it in LyX by typing 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
lim 
\family default 
in math-mode, or choosing from the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

functions
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 menu in the 
\family sans 
Math Panel
\family default 
 popup.
 Other special 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

words
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 are 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sin  \)
\end_inset 

 and most other trigonometric functions; described below, see 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

The 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
anel
\family default 
 popup has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
 As stated earlier, you can keep the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 open when writing mathematics.
 That allows you to have easy access to the less trivial features of 
\family typewriter 
math-mode
\family default 
.
 
\layout Standard

The first two icons in the 
\family sans 
Math Panel
\family default 
, as indicated, produce square root, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2} \)
\end_inset 

, or fraction 
\begin_inset Formula \( \frac{1}{2} \)
\end_inset 

 regions.
 The third icon, with square brackets around an insertion square, pops up
 the 
\family sans 
Delimiter
\family default 
 popup with choices for left and right large delimiters, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \left\{ 3\right\rangle  \)
\end_inset 

.
 These will adjust to fit whatever is placed inside them.
 The fourth icon calls up the 
\family sans 
Decoration 
\family default 
popup, which gives choices for bars, arrows, tildes and braces, placed either
 above or below the insertion point, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \underbrace{\widehat{V}} \)
\end_inset 

.
 These also adjust to accommodate any Mathed structure.
 The next icon pops up the 
\family sans 
Math space
\family default 
 panel, which allows the possible types of protected spaces available in
 math mode 
\begin_inset Formula \( 2\qquad 3 \)
\end_inset 

.
 Sixth is the Matrix popup, which has controls for the size of matrix created,
 as well as alignment 
\begin_inset Formula \( \left[ \begin{array}{clr}
1 & 2 & 3\\
45 & 67 & 89
\end{array}\right]  \)
\end_inset 

.
 The braces around a matrix are added using the 
\family sans 
Delimiter
\family default 
 popup.
 The last icon, if clicked while the cursor is in text mode, creates an
 empty math-mode region:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
1+2=3.\]

\end_inset 

It will be created in display-math mode.
 Clicking this icon while in math-mode will toggle the math-insert between
 inlined and display mode.
\layout Standard

In addition, the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 has several submenus containing math symbols.
 We'll outline how to use them in the next section.
\layout Subsection

Other Math Symbols 
\layout Standard

Commonly-used symbols, and other menus, can be reached directly from the
 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath 
\family default 
menu, including 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
raction, 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
quare
\protected_separator 
root, 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
xponent, 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
ndex, S
\bar under 
u
\bar default 
m, In
\bar under 
t
\bar default 
egral, 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\protected_separator 
Mode,
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
anel...
\protected_separator 
.

\family default 
 Most math symbols can be found in the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel 
\family default 
popup under one of several categories, 
\family sans 
Greek
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \Gamma \rho \epsilon \epsilon \kappa  \)
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
operators
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \pm \times  \)
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
relations
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \leq \cong  \)
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
arrows
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \uparrow \Leftrightarrow  \)
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
large
\protected_separator 
operators
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sum \int  \)
\end_inset 

, and the dreaded 
\family sans 
miscellaneous
\family default 
\emph on 
, Misc
\emph default 
.
 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
 to use, you do not have to use these popups, but they will help for those
 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
 For a symbol whose LaTeX macro you know, all you need to do is type it,
 including the leading
\family typewriter 
 
\backslash 

\family default 
 that LaTeX uses, such as in 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
alpha
\family default 
, and it will be converted automatically to the real symbol as soon as you
 type a 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
, or other non-alphabetical symbol.
 The text as type it appears in red, (the 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 

\family default 
 will not appear) but will change to a blue symbol that tells you visually
 that LyX understands what you wanted.
 If Mathed is not able to convert the symbol as typed, it will remain in
 red (this is called 
\emph on 
macro mode
\emph default 
).
 
\layout Standard

Not all symbols available in LaTeX can (yet) be displayed WYSIWYM in LyX.
 If you try a symbol whose LaTeX name you know, like 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
oint
\family default 
 for 
\begin_inset Formula \( \oint  \)
\end_inset 

, when you finish typing that string, and then hit 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 (or a number, or another non-standard character), LyX will display the
 symbol whose macro you typed if it can.
 If it can't, it will leave the macro in red, such as 
\begin_inset Formula \( A\hookrightarrow B \)
\end_inset 

.
 If LaTeX can handle that macro, it will print accordingly.
 Some of the symbols accessible from the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
 will display in this fashion, as will any that are defined in LaTeX but
 not yet in the LyX menus.
 This also allows you to define your own shortcut macros (put the command
 string in the preamble (see 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble}

\end_inset 

).
 For example, the string:
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
newcommand{
\backslash 
a}{
\backslash 
alpha}
\family sans 
 
\layout Standard

in the preamble will allow you to use 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
a
\family sans 
 
\family default 
in Mathed instead of 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
alpha
\family sans 
 
\family default 
to generate 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

.
 One caution, though, is that LyX will not concern itself with whether such
 a macro is valid, and if not you will have error messages when you try
 to preview or print (or run LaTeX).
 For more details, see 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

Math functions
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}

\end_inset 

 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath -> Math 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
anel...

\family default 
 menu contains a number of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

functions
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, such as 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sin  \)
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \lim  \)
\end_inset 

, 
\emph on 
etc
\emph default 
.
 (you can type them in a Mathed inset by typing 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
sin
\family default 
 (
\emph on 
etc
\emph default 
.).
 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sin  \)
\end_inset 

, should not be italicized.
 Entering just the letters 
\begin_inset Formula \( sin \)
\end_inset 

 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
 available.
 they do more, however, to the final output than just change the typeface.
 For example, the expression 
\begin_inset Formula \( \sin t \)
\end_inset 

 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like 
\begin_inset Formula \( \lim  \)
\end_inset 

, the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
 the math-inset is inlined or displayed: 
\begin_inset Formula \( \lim _{x\rightarrow 0}f(x)=L \)
\end_inset 

 versus
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\lim _{x\rightarrow 0}f(x)=L.\]

\end_inset 

These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
lim
\family default 
 (or the menu choice) alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined
 version that is altered, to improve linespacing).
\layout Subsection

More symbols
\layout Standard

There are some mathematical symbols that are not accessible from plain LaTeX
 (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical typesetting, such as the
 old-German Fraktur font and the stylized 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

blackboard bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
 Adding these packages is now a menu item, in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout -> 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument...

\family default 
 popup there is a radio button marked 
\family sans 
Use AMS Math
\family default 
.
 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
 own.
 The AMS layouts include these packages automatically.
\layout Subsection

Accents
\layout Standard

In math mode you insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode.
 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
 That is, you can enter 
\begin_inset Formula \( \hat{a} \)
\end_inset 

 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
 This is entered by typing 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
hat{a
\backslash 
}
\family default 
 in Mathed.
 These are the equivalences between the text names and math-mode names for
 the various accents:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
11 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

text
\newline 
math
\newline 
example
\newline 
circumflex
\newline 
hat
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \hat{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
grave
\newline 
grave
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \grave{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
acute
\newline 
acute
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \acute{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
umlaut
\newline 
ddot
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \ddot{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
tilde
\newline 
tilde
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \tilde{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
dot
\newline 
dot
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \dot{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
breve
\newline 
breve
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \breve{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
caron
\newline 
check
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \check{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
macron
\newline 
bar
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \bar{a} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 
---
\newline 
vector
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \vec{a} \)
\end_inset 


\layout Section

Brackets and decorations
\layout Standard

There are several brackets available through LyX.
 For most purposes, using just the keys 
\family typewriter 
[{]}()|
\backslash 
<>
\family default 
 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
 of brackets, is better using the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel
\family default 
's 
\family sans 
Delimiter
\family default 
 popup [see sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}

\end_inset 

].
 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
 matrix such as :
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left[ \begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right] ,\]

\end_inset 

and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
 such as: 
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\frac{1}{\left( 1+\left( \frac{1}{1+\left( \frac{1}{1+x}\right) }\right) \right) }\]

\end_inset 

or:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
f\left( g\left( h\left( k\left( l\left( x\right) \right) \right) \right) \right) .\]

\end_inset 

The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
 by 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
left( blah 
\backslash 
right)
\family default 
 ).
 
\layout Standard

It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
 clicking on the button displaying your choices.
 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
\layout Standard

If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
 the parentheses (that is done by holding the 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
 mouse).
 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
 
\family sans 
Apply
\family default 
.
 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
\layout Section

Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\layout Standard

Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
 In the 
\family sans 
Math
\protected_separator 
Panel 
\family default 
there is a 
\family sans 
matrix
\family default 
 icon, which will open a popup for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
 Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left( \begin{array}{ccc}
1 & 2 & 3\\
4 & 5 & 6\\
7 & 8 & 9
\end{array}\right) .\]

\end_inset 

The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them with the 
\family sans 
delimiter
\family default 
 menu.
 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
 matrix).
 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
 That is that panel which appears as 
\family typewriter 
ccc 
\family default 
by default.
 You should be careful about determining how many rows and columns you need.
 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting 
\family sans 
C-Enter
\family default 
 while in the matrix, and you can delete rows with 
\family sans 
A-e 
\series medium 
k
\family default 
\series default 
, but you can't add or delete columns, yet.
 Here's another example, with different alignments on the three columns:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\begin{array}{lcr}
this & this\, column & this\, column\\
column & has & has\, right\\
has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
\end{array}.\]

\end_inset 

There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
cases
\family default 
 and commutative diagrams.
 These are not yet supported in LyX (one such array, the 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
cases
\family default 
 environment, is now supported in development versions of LyX).
 However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix (which
 is exactly what the 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
cases 
\family default 
macro is, anyway).
 Here is a simple example of how LyX can display cases:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
f(x):=\left\{ \begin{array}{ll}
\frac{1}{q}, & \mathrm{if}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\, (\mathrm{in}\, \mathrm{lowest}\, \mathrm{terms})\\
0, & \mathrm{if}\, x\, \mathrm{is}\, \mathrm{irrational}
\end{array}\right. \]

\end_inset 

This was constructed by first choosing delimiters, where the one on the
 right is a blank delimiter, then choosing inside the delimeters a 
\begin_inset Formula \( 2\times 2 \)
\end_inset 

 matrix, with both columns left-justified.
 The Roman text setting will be explained later.
\layout Standard

Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
 The display-math mode of Mathed will automatically switch to an 
\family typewriter 
\series medium 
eqnarray
\family default 
\series default 
 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if, in the displayed-equa
tion box, you hit 
\family sans 
\series medium 
C-E
\series default 
nter
\family default 
.
 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
 equation, is to insert a new line (with 
\family sans 
\series medium 
C-Enter
\family default 
\series default 
) immediately.
 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the 
\family sans 
\series medium 
Tab
\family default 
\series default 
 key.
 Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{eqnarray*}
3 & = & 1+2\\
4+5 & = & 9.
\end{eqnarray*}

\end_inset 

You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
 by hitting 
\family sans 
\series medium 
C-Enter
\family default 
\series default 
 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
 However, LyX will 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
 everything in the left side of the line.
 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit 
\family sans 
C-Tab.
 
\family default 
It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit 
\family sans 
C-Tab
\family default 
 again.
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

extra
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 insertion points in the line will disappear.
 
\layout Standard

You can delete a line of a multi-line formula by placing the cursor on the
 line and hitting 
\family sans 
A
\series medium 
-
\series default 
e 
\series medium 
k
\family default 
\series default 
.
 You create new lines with 
\family sans 
C-Enter
\family default 
.
\layout Section

Equation Numbering and Labels
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}

\end_inset 

Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
 All it takes to change a displayed equation like: 
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
1+2=3\]

\end_inset 

into the numbered equation :
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{equation}
\label{mathed:first-eqn}
1+2=3
\end{equation}

\end_inset 

is to go to the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu, and select the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
abel...

\family default 
 option.
 This opens a popup in which you must enter some string as the label.
 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
 care of re-numbering the equation.
 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
 You can turn on numbering without a specific label by entering 
\family typewriter 
math-number
\family default 
 in the minibuffer (the line below the main LyX window, which usually displays
 information about the document.
 Click on it, and the mini-buffer clears, allowing you to enter commands
 such as these.) while the cursor is in the equation, such as: 
\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{equation}
1+1=2.
\end{equation}

\end_inset 

This behaves as a toggle.
 Entering 
\family typewriter 
math-number
\family default 
 in the mini-buffer a second time removes numbering.
 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
 (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}

\end_inset 

)) by using the 
\family sans 
Cross-Reference
\family default 
 popup, which you open using 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
ross-Reference...
\family default 

\protected_separator 
.
 Note that you should 
\emph on 
not 
\emph default 
use spaces in your labels, since they get deleted and cross-references will
 no longer work.
 This is a LyX bug, but one that can be dealt with.
\layout Standard

For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
 lines are numbered separately.
 One you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
 receive a label of #.
 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
 like (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}

\end_inset 

) below.
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation} \\
2 & = & 4-2\\
4 & \leq  & 7.
\end{eqnarray}

\end_inset 

You can turn off numbering of a specific line by entering 
\family typewriter 
math-nonumber
\family default 
 in the minibuffer (below the main LyX window) while the cursor is on that
 line of a multi-line numbered equation.
 This also toggles.
 Though it may seem odd, entering 
\family typewriter 
math-nonumber
\family default 
 again will turn the numbering back 
\emph on 
on
\emph default 
 for that line.
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn} \\
2 & = & 7-5\\
1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
16 & \equiv  & 2\, (mod\, 7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn} 
\end{eqnarray}

\end_inset 

Note that the first equation in this set (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}

\end_inset 

) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
 and the last (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}

\end_inset 

) is again labelled.
 
\layout Section

User defined macros in math mode
\layout Standard

LyX version 0.12 allows the user to define macros.
 An user defined macro in math mode is not a red colored name that LyX didn't
 know how to draw (formerly known as macro mode, now simply TeX mode).
 A macro definition box appears on screen as a grayed button with the name
 of the macro in blue (math color).
 But if you click on it, it will appear as a normal math box to allow you
 edit it.
 Just try it:
\begin_inset FormulaMacro 
\newcommand{\macro}{a+b}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
 in this case 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macro
\family default 
, and it will be automatically expanded: 
\begin_inset Formula \( c=\macro  \)
\end_inset 

.
 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
 is 
\family typewriter 
c = 
\backslash 
macro.
\layout Standard

However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
 
\emph on 
arguments
\emph default 
.
 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a 
\family typewriter 
#
\family default 
 followed by the argument number:
\begin_inset FormulaMacro 
\newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1 }}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
 that you can insert there whatever you want: 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macrowarg = 
\begin_inset Formula \( \macrowarg{} \)
\end_inset 


\family default 
.
 Example: 
\begin_inset Formula \( b=\macrowarg{x-2} \)
\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Standard

When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
newcommand.
\layout Subsection

Directions on using macros
\layout Subsubsection

How to create them
\layout Standard

To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 
math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
\layout Standard

Par example 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macro
\family default 
 was created with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
math-macro macro
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macrowarg
\family default 
 was created with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
math-macro macrowarg 1
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) use this:
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 
math-macro-arg <number>
\layout Standard

The argument mark in 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macrowarg
\family default 
 was introduced with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
math-macro-arg 1
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
 can be edited only once.
 A number can't be greater than the number of arguments originally allowed
 for the macro.
 
\layout Subsubsection

How to navigate
\layout Description

With
\protected_separator 
the
\protected_separator 
arrow
\protected_separator 
keys: Opening a macro form the left side will put the cursor in the first
 argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
 right side of the macro.
\layout Description

With
\protected_separator 
the
\protected_separator 
mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
\layout Standard

Currently the user can only define command macros, but internally it's possible
 to define also environment macros.
\layout Standard

There are several predefined macros, mainly to allow AMS-LaTeX users to
 use AMS macros in a WYSIWYM way, like 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
cases
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
binom
\family default 
.
 [
\emph on 
Pre 0.12 Note: 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
cases
\family default 
 are currently disabled because after some simplification and improving
 of the macro stuff, the only valid arguments are subparagraphs (neither
 tabs nor newlines).
 Perhaps they will be again included before 0.12
\emph default 
.
 AAS]
\layout Section

Fine-Tuning
\layout Subsection

Typefaces
\layout Standard

You can enter various typefaces in Mathed, but (at the moment) you have
 to use keyboard commands to set them.
 Not all appear exactly WYSIWYM, and a few don't appear WYSIWYM at all.
 The standard font for text is italic, 
\begin_inset Formula \( text \)
\end_inset 

, but for numbers the standard is Roman.
 To set text in Roman font in math-mode, type 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
r
\family default 
 once in math-mode 
\begin_inset Formula \( \mathrm{text} \)
\end_inset 

.
 To get bold, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \mathbf{text} \)
\end_inset 

, type 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
b
\family typewriter 
 
\family default 
in math-mode.
 To get calligraphic font for capital letters (which looks like Helvetica
 italics on-screen, but is fancier on the final output), 
\begin_inset Formula \( \mathcal{TEXT} \)
\end_inset 

, type 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
i
\family typewriter 
 
\family default 
in math-mode.
 Here is a table with all the supported fonts:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
6 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
8 0 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0

Text-mode
\newline 
Math
\newline 
Mathed Keybinding
\newline 

\series bold 
Bold
\series default 

\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \mathbf{Bold} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 

\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
b
\family default 

\newline 

\emph on 
Emphasize
\emph default 

\newline 

\emph on 

\begin_inset Formula \( \mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC} \)
\end_inset 


\emph default 

\newline 

\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
e
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
i
\family default 

\newline 
---------
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \mathrm{Roman} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 

\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
r
\family default 

\newline 

\family typewriter 
Typewriter
\family default 

\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( \mathtt{Typewriter} \)
\end_inset 


\newline 

\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
p
\family default 

\newline 
Default
\newline 

\begin_inset Formula \( Default \)
\end_inset 


\newline 

\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
Space
\layout Standard

The keyboard command to switch to a particular text font is interpreted
 in math-mode as indicated.
 Math-mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only letters
 will be supported with these font styles; only capital letters for calligraphic
 font.
\layout Standard

For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
 style after one character.
 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
 font.
 
\layout Standard

It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
 symbols in math-mode.
 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@.
 It will print correctly,
 though.
 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

, enter 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
boldsymbol{
\backslash 
alpha}
\family default 
 in Mathed.
 The close-brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
 brace.
 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
 It is also possible to get Fraktur (traditional German) fonts by entering,
 say, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathfrak{g}
\family default 
 for a Fraktur 
\begin_inset Formula \( g \)
\end_inset 

, or the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

blackboard-bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 double-line capitals with 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathbb{R}
\family default 
.
 These symbols will not appear (yet) WYSIWYM in LyX, and the AMS-LaTeX packages
 (including 
\family typewriter 
amsfonts
\family default 
) must be used.
 Adding these packages is now a menu item, in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout -> 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument...

\family default 
 popup there is a radio button marked 
\family sans 
Use AMS Math
\family default 
.
 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
 
\layout Standard

We do not have examples of these fonts in this Guide so that the Guide can
 be previewed and printed without these packages, which some people would
 not have available.
\layout Subsection

Font Sizes
\layout Standard

There are four (relative) font sizes (or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

styles
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
 These are called 
\emph on 
textstyle
\emph default 
, 
\emph on 
displaystyle
\emph default 
, 
\emph on 
scriptstyle
\emph default 
, and 
\emph on 
scriptscriptstyle
\emph default 
.
 For most characters, textstyle and displaystyle are actually the same size,
 but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, and certain other effects,
 are set larger or placed differently in displaystyle.
 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
 situations, all text will be set if these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
 is appropriate.
 These choices can be over-ridden by setting the 
\family typewriter 
math-size
\family default 
 in the minibuffer.
 For example, you can set 
\begin_inset Formula \( \frac{1}{2} \)
\end_inset 

 normally (textstyle), or you can make it larger, which also changes the
 linespacing, in displaystyle, by entering 
\family typewriter 
math-size displaystyle
\family default 
 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
 
\begin_inset Formula \( \displaystyle \frac{1}{2} \)
\end_inset 

.
 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
 only the numerator will be enlarged,
\begin_inset Formula \( \frac{1}{2} \)
\end_inset 

! This reflects a LaTeX 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unintended feature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

That is, a bug.
\end_float 
, not a LyX one.
 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
 Here are some text in the various styles: 
\begin_inset Formula \( displaystyle \)
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \textstyle textstyle \)
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \scriptstyle scriptstyle \)
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula \( \scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle \)
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
 will be adjusted.
 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
 will be adjusted to correspond.
 
\layout Standard


\family roman 
\size largest 
Here is a paragraph in 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font, with symbols: 
\begin_inset Formula \( \alpha  \)
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

This applies to math-fonts in Titles, 
\emph on 
etc.

\emph default 
 as well.
\layout Chapter

More Tools
\layout Section

Cross-References
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
 This is a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
.
 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
 The other half is the 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
 proper, and it looks like this: 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

.
 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a red box with red
 text in it.
 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
 case, the number of this section.
 There's also another variety of cross-reference: 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

.
 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
 your document.
 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 to mark a section, figure, table, equation, etc., and then refer to it via
 a 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

To insert a label, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\protected_separator 
->
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
abel
\family default 
.
 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
 You can't change labels once you've created them [at least, not yet].
 You'd have to delete the old label, make a new one, then remove all of
 the old references to the now-defunct label and insert new references.
 Yes, it's a pain, which is why you should choose label names carefully.
\layout Standard

To insert a reference, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\protected_separator 
->
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
C
\bar default 
ross
\protected_separator 
Reference
\family default 
.
 The 
\family sans 
Insert
\protected_separator 
Cross-Reference
\family default 
 popup appears with a list of labels.
 Double-clicking on a list item inserts a reference into the text, as does
 the two different 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\protected_separator 
Reference
\family default 
 buttons.
 Lastly, the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
pdate
\family default 
 button is there in case you decide to leave this popup open and add labels
 in the meantime.
\layout Standard

Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
, or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
\layout Quote


\family typewriter 
LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z.
\newline 
LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.
\layout Standard

You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
\layout Standard

There are a few more comments we need to make about the 
\family sans 
Labels
\family default 
.
 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
 So --- if you want to put a label on a 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
, but a 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 
\emph on 
into
\emph default 
 the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 environment.
 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
 However, you need to do this if you want to label the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 separately from the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
.
 The same goes for all other section headings.
 If plain text follows a section heading you want to label, then and only
 then can you put the 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 in the text without worrying.
 You have been warned.
\layout Standard

Also, a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 
\emph on 
only
\emph default 
 makes sense in 
\emph on 
numbered
\emph default 
 section headings and table and figure floats.
 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
 you can't really use a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 on it.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Well, you 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
, but only if you use the 
\family sans 
Page
\protected_separator 
number
\family default 
 reference.
 The regular 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare-
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
s as page markers, then refer back to them using the 
\family sans 
Page
\protected_separator 
number
\family default 
 reference.
 Once again, the regular 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
 won't work very well.
 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
 of the previous numbered section heading.
\end_float 
 See sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}

\end_inset 

, and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}

\end_inset 

 for details on using a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
 
\layout Section

Manual Fine-Tuning
\layout Subsection

Extra Horizontal Space
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}

\end_inset 


\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
 An 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
 space between the left and right margins.
 If there is more than one 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
 
\layout Standard

Note: if you put an 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 at the beginning of a line, and it's 
\emph on 
not 
\emph default 
the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
 This prevents 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
HFill
\family roman 
s
\family default 
 can be inserted with
\family sans 
 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert->
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial
\protected_separator 
Character->
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
Fill
\family default 
.
 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
\layout Quote
\noindent 
This is on the left side 
\hfill 
This is on the right
\layout Quote
\noindent 
Left
\hfill 
Middle
\hfill 
Right
\layout Quote
\noindent 
Left
\hfill 
1/3 Left
\hfill 

\hfill 
Right
\layout Standard

That was an example in the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment.
 Here:
\hfill 
:is one in a standard paragraph.
 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it 
\emph on 
is
\emph default 
 sitting in-between the two 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

:
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

Remember that we said that an 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
 than one set of margins on a line.
 Here's an example with the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM

one
\hfill 
two :three
\hfill 
four
\hfill 
five
\hfill 
six
\layout Standard

The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

:
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 marks the beginning of the item.
 [There is actually a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

hidden
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 inside of the label of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment; it's put at the end of the label automagically.] 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s work similarly in other 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

multimargin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 situations, like two-column mode.
\layout Subsection

Extra Vertical Space
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}

\end_inset 

To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph
\family default 
 to open the 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 
\layout Standard

[
\emph on 
Editor's Note: I'm leaving this empty for now since this has changed in
 0.11.* -jw
\emph default 
]
\layout Standard

We're not going to provide an example of a 
\family sans 
VFill
\family default 
, as it's a waste of paper.
 They work the same as any other type of filler, including 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
 If there are several 
\family sans 
VFill
\family default 
s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
 You can therefore use 
\family sans 
VFill
\family default 
s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
 and so on.
\layout Subsection

Changing Paragraph Alignment
\layout Standard

You can also change the paragraph alignment with the 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 There are four possibilities: 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
B
\bar default 
lock
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
eft
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
ight
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
enter
\layout Standard

The default in most cases is block alignment, in which the inter-word spacing
 is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left
 and right margins.
 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
\layout Standard
\align right 
This paragraph is right aligned,
\layout Standard
\align center 
this one is centered,
\layout Standard
\align left 
this one is left aligned.
\layout Standard

In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than block
 alignment.
 
\layout Subsection

Forcing Page Breaks
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}

\end_inset 

If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
 In general, this will 
\emph on 
not 
\emph default 
be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
 in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
 
\emph on 
strongly 
\emph default 
recommend 
\emph on 
not 
\emph default 
to use it until the text is 
\emph on 
really 
\emph default 
finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you 
\emph on 
really 
\emph default 
have to change the pagebreaking.
 
\emph on 
Only 
\emph default 
in those cases, you can force a pagebreak above or below a paragraph in
 the 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup by selecting 
\family sans 
Pagebreak-Ab
\bar under 
o
\bar default 
ve 
\family default 
or 
\family sans 
B
\bar under 
e
\bar default 
low
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

You might want to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
 at the top of a page.
 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
 See sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}

\end_inset 

 and read about 
\family sans 
Floats
\family default 
 to learn more.
\layout Subsection

Other Tools
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}

\end_inset 

This section describes briefly how some features well known by the LaTeX
 user can be generated with LyX.
\layout Itemize

The protected blank: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
 line at that point.
 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Quote

A good documentation should weight no more than 1
\newline 
kg.
 
\layout Standard

Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

kg
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 A protected blank is set with 
\family sans 
Insert->Special Character->Protected Blank 
\family default 
or with 
\family sans 
C-Space.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The linebreak: You can force linebreaks within a paragraph by selecting
 
\family sans 
Insert->Special Character->Linebreak 
\family default 
or with 
\family sans 
C-Return.

\family default 
 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
 is 
\emph on 
very 
\emph default 
good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 (see section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}

\end_inset 

).
 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
 set a linebreak, e.g.
 in a poem or for an Address (see sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}

\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}

\end_inset 

).
\layout Itemize
\line_bottom 
Horizontal lines above or below a paragraph: These can be useful for headlines.
 You get them in the 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup.
 Here:
\begin_deeper 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

is one.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Section

Spellchecking
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}

\end_inset 

LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
 Rather it uses the external 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 program as a backend.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
[provide a link for ispell - Asger]
\end_float 
\layout Standard

For installation notes and where to find dictionaries, see the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 documentation included with the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 distribution.
 After installing 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 you can use the menu entry 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker...

\family default 
\shape default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit 
\family default 
\shape default 
menu (make sure that the 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
ispell
\family default 
\shape default 
 binary is somewhere in your 
\family typewriter 
PATH
\family default 
.
 If you have version 
\family typewriter 
4.*
\family default 
 of 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
, it may be a good idea to replace it with the current version, 
\family typewriter 
3.1.20
\family default 
.
 Version 4 was a short-lived GNU release of ispell, and had numerous problems.)
\layout Standard

To start spellchecking, select the item 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker
\family default 
\emph on 
...

\emph default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
\shape default 
 menu.
 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
 A popup window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found
 by 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 in the first line and allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
 Whenever 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 reports an unknown word, the word is highlighted and the view in your text
 buffer is updated to make the word visible.
 In the 
\family sans 
Spellchecker
\family default 
 popup, there is also a box showing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

near misses
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, if 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
ispell
\family default 
\shape default 
 can find any.
 Clicking to one of the near misses will copy the near miss into the replace
 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
 The buttons in the 
\family sans 
Spellchecker
\family default 
 popup are quite self-explanatory: 
\layout Description


\family sans 
\shape up 
Start
\protected_separator 
spellchecking
\family default 
\shape default 
 begins to verify the spellings of words, beginning at the cursor position
 in the document.
\layout Description


\family sans 
Insert
\protected_separator 
in
\protected_separator 
personal
\protected_separator 
dictionary
\family default 
 inserts the word in an ispell dictionary such that the word is recognized
 forever and forever.
 
\layout Description


\family sans 
\shape up 
Accept
\protected_separator 
word
\protected_separator 
in
\protected_separator 
this
\protected_separator 
session
\family default 
\shape default 
 accepts the word rejected by 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
ispell
\family default 
\shape default 
 for the rest of this spellchecking session, but does not add the word to
 your personal dictionary.
\layout Description


\family sans 
\shape up 
Ignore
\protected_separator 
word
\family typewriter 
 
\family default 
\shape default 
does not change the word caught by 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
ispell
\family default 
\shape default 
, but it will catch the word again if it appears later in the document.
\layout Description


\family sans 
\shape up 
Replace
\family default 
\shape default 

\protected_separator 

\family sans 
\shape up 
word
\family default 
\shape default 
 replaces the word by what you have typed to the replace input field.
\layout Description


\family sans 
\shape up 
Stop
\protected_separator 
spellchecking
\family default 
\shape default 
 stops the operation of 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
, but does not close the spellchecker popup.
 Note that you can cancel spellchecking at any time, not only after an incorrect
 word has been found.
 
\layout Description


\family sans 
\shape up 
Spellchecker
\protected_separator 
Options...

\family default 
\shape default 
 opens up another popup that allows you to alter the options fed to 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
.
\layout Description


\family sans 
\shape up 
Close
\protected_separator 
Spellchecker
\family default 
\shape default 
 does what you might expect.
\layout Standard

Finally, there is a slider informing you about the progress of spell checking.
\layout Description

Note: If you want to spellcheck footnotes, margin notes, or captions in
 table- and figure-floats, you 
\emph on 
must
\emph default 
 open them first.
 This is easy to do with the 
\family sans 
Edit->Floats
\protected_separator 
&
\protected_separator 
Insets->Open
\protected_separator 
All
\family default 
 commands.
\layout Subsection

Spellchecker Options
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}

\end_inset 

The following options can be set in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker
\protected_separator 
Options 
\family default 
popup (which you can also access from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ptions
\family default 
 menu):
\layout Subsubsection

Dictionary
\layout Standard

By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
 the document you're checking, which is set in the
\family sans 
\shape up 
 Layout
\family default 
\shape default 
->
\family sans 
\shape up 
Document
\family default 
\shape default 
 popup.
 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
ispell
\family default 
\shape default 
 will exit immediately after invocation.
 There will be a message on your stderr saying something like:
\layout Quote


\family typewriter 
Can't find file /usr/lib/ispell/xyz.hash
\layout Standard

and a popup window will inform you about the failure.
 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ptions
\family default 
 popup, by typing in the name in the space provided, and checking the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
se
\protected_separator 
alternate
\protected_separator 
language..
\family default 
.
 box, or change the 
\family sans 
\shape up 
Language
\family default 
\shape default 
 option in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup (opened using 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
\shape default 
->
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument)
\family default 
\shape default 
.
\layout Standard

A different solution is to make a link from say 
\family typewriter 
deutsch.(aff|hash)
\family default 
 to 
\family typewriter 
german.(aff|hash)
\family default 
 or whatever applies to your language.
 This is because these ispell-files normally have the native language name
 (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

deutsch
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

) whereas 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
, when started from lyx, searches for the English version of the name used
 with the LaTeX babel package (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

german
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

).
\layout Standard

You may also have problems if the font encoding is not correct for that
 dictionary.
 If you use a language with latin1 encoding and set the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncoding
\family default 
 option in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup to 
\family sans 
latin1
\family default 
 (or other than 
\family sans 
default
\family default 
), you must have this option in your language-dictionary as well.
 If your dictionary doesn't support the 
\family sans 
Encoding
\family default 
 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 
ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
\layout Standard

The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
 
\layout Standard

There are four solutions to this problem.
 The easiest is to try the 
\family sans 
Input
\protected_separator 
Encoding
\protected_separator 
switch
\protected_separator 
to
\protected_separator 
ispell
\family default 
 option.
 If that does not help, you can set 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncoding
\family default 
 to 
\family sans 
default
\family default 
 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
 The third is to add the 
\family typewriter 
latin1
\family default 
 option to your dictionary 
\family typewriter 
\emph on 
<
\family default 
language
\family typewriter 
>
\emph default 
.aff
\family default 
 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
 of the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 sources).
 Read the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
 and ask him to solve your problem.
\layout Subsubsection

Personal dictionary
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 uses a personal dictionary file where words not found in the main dictionary
 can be saved so you don't get the same words reported every time you check
 a document.
 The name of this file is usually formed as 
\family typewriter 
$HOME/.ispell_
\family default 
\emph on 
dictionary
\family typewriter 
\emph default 
,
\family default 
 where 
\emph on 
dictionary
\emph default 
 is the name of the global dictionary used.
 Often the file (for the default dictionary) is simply 
\family typewriter 
$HOME/.ispell_words
\family default 
.
 If you want to use another file as your personal dictionary, you can also
 set this in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker
\protected_separator 
Options
\family default 
 popup.
 Note that the directory in which 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 will put your file is your home directory, not the directory the file you're
 editing is in! Specifying a filename which does not already exist will
 result in an error message on stderr which you can ignore (
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 will create the file at the end of your spell checking).
\layout Subsubsection

Further Options 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker
\protected_separator 
Options
\family default 
 popup has some additional options which are fairly self-explanatory:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
reat run-together words as legal
\family default 

\newline 
Keeps 
\family sans 
ispell
\family default 
 from reporting compound words as misspelled.
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Use alternate 
\bar under 
p
\bar default 
ersonal dictionary
\newline 

\family default 
You can give a filename to a personal dictionary here.
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
xtra characters allowed in words
\family default 

\newline 
Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
ispell
\family default 
\shape default 
 considers words, e.g.
 German umlauts.
 This should not normally be needed.
\layout Subsection

Problems
\layout Standard

If you can't spellcheck international characters, try the 
\family sans 
Input
\protected_separator 
Encoding
\protected_separator 
switch
\protected_separator 
to
\protected_separator 
ispell
\family default 
 option.
\layout Subsection

Limitations
\layout Standard

Even though your 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 program may correctly check contractions, it doesn't seem to when used
 through LyX.
 In addition, it is not at all clear that the options to allow runtogether
 words, or to include extra characters, or to allow extra affixes, work
 as they are supposed to.
\layout Standard

Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
 for each occurrence of the word.
 That feature will be considered for later versions of LyX.
\layout Section

International Support
\layout Standard

This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
 paper size and the spell checker set to U.S.
 English.
 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
 default configuration.
\layout Standard

If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
 a german keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
 Refer to 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}

\end_inset 

 for more information.
\layout Standard

If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
 you should configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
 Refer to 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}

\end_inset 

 for details.
 
\layout Standard

Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
 one to support the characters you want.
 
\layout Standard

The details of how to customize LyX to your own language is 
\emph on 
way
\emph default 
 beyond the scope of this manual.
 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
 to your native tongue, please see the 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
 manual for details.
\layout Subsection


\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
-
\family sans 
>
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\family default 
 Language Options
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\family default 
 menu lets you set 
\family roman 
the language, papersize, and character encoding for your language.
 
\layout Standard

Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
\family roman 
he 
\family sans 
Language
\family roman 
 box 
\family default 
of the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\family default 
 menu.
 The default is U.S.
 English.
 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
 The language name appears in the window.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
 for it.
\end_float 
\layout Standard

Click on the 
\family sans 
Papersi
\bar under 
z
\bar default 
e
\family default 
 popup to see your choices in paper size.
 The default is the U.S.
 Letter paper size.
 Click on the one you want and it appears in the window.
 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncoding
\family default 
 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
 The default is the 
\family typewriter 
ASCII
\family default 
 encoding which is typically sufficient for U.S.
 English.
 A superset of the 
\family typewriter 
ASCII
\family default 
 encoding is the 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
 European languages.
 The third choice, 
\family typewriter 
Latin2
\family default 
, is for support of Eastern European languages.
 Click on the popup and then click on the encoding you want to use, and
 it appears in the window.
 (Refer to 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:keytab}

\end_inset 

 for the character encodings.)
\layout Standard

To use any language, papersize, or encoding change you made, click on the
 
\family sans 
OK
\family default 
 button.
 Your new configuration will now be used as long as you are in the current
 LyX session.
 
\layout Subsection

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ptions
\family default 
-
\family sans 
>
\bar under 
K
\bar default 
eyboard
\family default 
 Keymap Configuration
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}

\end_inset 

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ptions
\family default 
-
\family sans 
>
\bar under 
K
\bar default 
eyboard
\family default 
 menu allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
 which one you want to use.
 
\layout Standard

Click on the down arrow for 
\family sans 
Primary
\family default 
 and choose the language keymap you want by clicking on it.
 The name them appears in the 
\family sans 
Primary
\family default 
 window.
 Do the same in the 
\family sans 
Secondary
\family default 
 window for a secondary language if you want one.
 You can then select either your primary or secondary keymap in the 
\family sans 
Mapping
\family default 
 section of the menu, or select 
\family sans 
\shape up 
No
\protected_separator 
key
\protected_separator 
mapping
\family default 
\shape default 
 if you do not want to use an alternate keymap.
 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\shape up 
C
\bar under 
h
\bar default 
aracter set 
\family roman 
window allows you to use different character sets if your language uses
 more than one.
 Greek, for example, uses two, and a Greek user can enter 
\family typewriter 
iso-8859-7
\family roman 
 in this window and the appropriate character map (a 
\family typewriter 
.cdef
\family sans 
 
\family roman 
file), if available, is loaded.
 
\layout Standard

Note that one of the choices for both primary and secondary keymaps is 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ther
\family default 
\shape default 
.
 You can use this to select a custom keymap which you've created yourself.
 For example, current distributions of LyX provide 
\family roman 
an 
\family typewriter 
american-2
\family roman 
 keymap f
\family default 
ile in the 
\family typewriter 
$LYX_DIR/kbd
\family default 
 directory.
 This keymapping supports some accented characters for other languages in
 addition to the U.S.
 keymap.
 To use the 
\family typewriter 
american-2
\family default 
 keymap, select the
\family sans 
 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ptions-
\bar under 
K
\bar default 
eyboard
\family default 
 menu, select 
\family sans 
other
\family default 
 in t
\family roman 
he primary selec
\family default 
tion box, enter the name of the k
\family roman 
eymap (
\family typewriter 
american-2
\family roman 
) and cli
\family default 
ck on 
\family sans 
\shape up 
OK
\family default 
\shape default 
.
 You should now be able to enter accent characters using the new keymap.
\layout Subsection

Character Tables
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}

\end_inset 

Here is a table with all the characters in the 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 character set.
 You should be able to print all these characters directly from the keyboard
 without using too many modifier keys (if your keyboard is set up correctly,
 that is).
 Note that you must set your font encoding in 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument->
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncoding
\family default 
 for 
\family sans 
latin1
\family default 
 to use this keyset, and for 
\family sans 
latin2
\family default 
 to use the 
\family typewriter 
Latin2
\family default 
 keyset.
 
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable
multicol4
17 17 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
8 1 1 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 0 
8 1 1 
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 0 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0
0 8 1 1 0 0 0


\newline 

\size tiny 
00
\newline 
10
\newline 
20
\newline 
30
\newline 
40
\newline 
50
\newline 
60
\newline 
70
\newline 
80
\newline 
90
\newline 
A0
\newline 
B0
\newline 
C0
\newline 
D0
\newline 
E0
\newline 
F0
\size default 

\newline 

\size tiny 
00
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
0
\newline 
@
\newline 
P
\newline 
'
\newline 
p
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
°
\newline 
À
\newline 
Ð
\newline 
à
\newline 
ð
\newline 

\size tiny 
01
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
!
\newline 
1
\newline 
A
\newline 
Q
\newline 
a
\newline 
q
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¡
\newline 
±
\newline 
Á
\newline 
Ñ
\newline 
á
\newline 
ñ
\newline 

\size tiny 
02
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\newline 
2
\newline 
B
\newline 
R
\newline 
b
\newline 
r
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¢
\newline 
²
\newline 
Â
\newline 
Ò
\newline 
â
\newline 
ò
\newline 

\size tiny 
03
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
#
\newline 
3
\newline 
C
\newline 
S
\newline 
c
\newline 
s
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
£
\newline 
³
\newline 
Ã
\newline 
Ó
\newline 
ã
\newline 
ó
\newline 

\size tiny 
04
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
$
\newline 
4
\newline 
D
\newline 
T
\newline 
d
\newline 
t
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¤
\newline 
´
\newline 
Ä
\newline 
Ô
\newline 
ä
\newline 
ô
\newline 

\size tiny 
05
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
%
\newline 
5
\newline 
E
\newline 
U
\newline 
e
\newline 
u
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¥
\newline 
µ
\newline 
Å
\newline 
Õ
\newline 
å
\newline 
õ
\newline 

\size tiny 
06
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
&
\newline 
6
\newline 
F
\newline 
V
\newline 
f
\newline 
v
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¦
\newline 
¶
\newline 
Æ
\newline 
Ö
\newline 
æ
\newline 
ö
\newline 

\size tiny 
07
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
`
\newline 
7
\newline 
G
\newline 
W
\newline 
g
\newline 
w
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
§
\newline 
·
\newline 
Ç
\newline 
×
\newline 
ç
\newline 
÷
\newline 

\size tiny 
08
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
(
\newline 
8
\newline 
H
\newline 
X
\newline 
h
\newline 
x
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¨
\newline 
¸
\newline 
È
\newline 
Ø
\newline 
è
\newline 
ø
\newline 

\size tiny 
09
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
)
\newline 
9
\newline 
I
\newline 
Y
\newline 
i
\newline 
y
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
©
\newline 
¹
\newline 
É
\newline 
Ù
\newline 
é
\newline 
ù
\newline 

\size tiny 
0A
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
*
\newline 
:
\newline 
J
\newline 
Z
\newline 
j
\newline 
z
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
ª
\newline 
º
\newline 
Ê
\newline 
Ú
\newline 
ê
\newline 
ú
\newline 

\size tiny 
0B
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
+
\newline 
;
\newline 
K
\newline 
[
\newline 
k
\newline 
{
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
«
\newline 
»
\newline 
Ë
\newline 
Û
\newline 
ë
\newline 
û
\newline 

\size tiny 
0C
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
,
\newline 
<
\newline 
L
\newline 

\backslash 

\newline 
l
\newline 
|
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¬
\newline 
¼
\newline 
Ì
\newline 
Ü
\newline 
ì
\newline 
ü
\newline 

\size tiny 
0D
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
-
\newline 
=
\newline 
M
\newline 
]
\newline 
m
\newline 
}
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
­
\newline 
½
\newline 
Í
\newline 
Ý
\newline 
í
\newline 
ý
\newline 

\size tiny 
0E
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
.
\newline 
>
\newline 
N
\newline 
^
\newline 
n
\newline 
~
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
®
\newline 
¾
\newline 
Î
\newline 
Þ
\newline 
î
\newline 
þ
\newline 

\size tiny 
0F
\size default 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
/
\newline 
?
\newline 
O
\newline 
_
\newline 
o
\newline 

\newline 

\newline 

\newline 
¯
\newline 
¿
\newline 
Ï
\newline 
ß
\newline 
ï
\newline 
ÿ
\layout Standard

There are a few things you need to know about this table.
 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
s.
 That ain't the default.
 Nowhere near, in fact.
 Here are some of the detail you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
 from the 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 character set:
\layout Itemize

The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar, and the short dash --
 are just plain missing in the default encodings.
 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
\layout Itemize

Even if you've selected 
\family sans 
latin1
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
Document
\protected_separator 
Layout
\family default 
 popup, users who have only the 
\family typewriter 
OT1
\family default 
-fonts for LaTeX [or who have the 
\family typewriter 
T1
\family default 
-fonts but aren't using them] will still be missing a few characters: D0,
 F0, DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and
 the french quotes -- won't show up.
\layout Itemize

Users of 
\family typewriter 
OT1
\family default 
-fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
 include the either the package 
\family typewriter 
umlaute.sty
\family default 
 or 
\family typewriter 
german.sty
\family default 
 in their documents.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
 The automatic quote feature described in Section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}

\end_inset 

, will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
 packages.
\end_float 
\layout Standard

The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
 directly.
 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
 also the characters from 
\family typewriter 
ISO8859--2
\family default 
 through 
\family typewriter 
4
\family default 
.
 
\layout Itemize

From 
\family typewriter 
ISO8859--1
\family default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
\hfill 
diaeresis
\layout Standard

^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
\hfill 
circumflex
\layout Standard

` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
\hfill 
grave
\layout Standard

´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
\hfill 
acute
\layout Standard

~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
\hfill 
tilde
\layout Standard

¸Çç
\hfill 
cedilla
\layout Standard

¯
\hfill 
macron
\begin_float footnote 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
 this instead.
 For example, S-M-minus, or if 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
\shape default 
 is correct, S-M-macron.
\end_float 
\layout Itemize

From 
\family typewriter 
ISO8859--2
\family default 
 through 
\family typewriter 
4
\family default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

\i \^{H}
\i \^{J}
\i \^{h}
\i \^{\j}
\i \^{C}
\i \^{G}
\i \^{S}
\i \^{c}
\i \^{g}
\i \^{s}

\hfill 
circumflex
\layout Standard

\i \'{S}
\i \'{Z}
\i \'{s}
\i \'{z}
\i \'{R}
\i \'{L}
\i \'{C}
\i \'{N}
\i \'{r}
\i \'{l}
\i \'{c}
\i \'{n}

\hfill 
acute
\layout Standard

\i \~{I}
\i \~{\i}
\i \~{U}
\i \~{u}

\hfill 
tilde
\layout Standard

\i \c{S}
\i \c{s}
\i \c{T}
\i \c{t}
\i \c{R}
\i \c{L}
\i \c{G}
\i \c{r}
\i \c{l}
\i \c{g}
\i \c{N}
\i \c{K}
\i \c{n}
\i \c{k}

\hfill 
cedilla
\begin_float footnote 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
\end_float 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

\i \={E}
\i \={e}
\i \={A}
\i \={I}
\i \={O}
\i \={U}
\i \={a}
\i \={\i}
\i \={o}
\i \={u}

\hfill 
macron
\layout Standard

\i \H{O}
\i \H{U}
\i \H{o}
\i \H{u}

\hfill 
hungarian umlaut
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
 This is also supported in LyX
\family roman 
\shape up 
, by enabling 
\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\shape default 
\bar default 
ptions->
\shape up 
\bar under 
L
\shape default 
\bar default 
aTeX->Allo
\bar under 
w
\bar default 

\protected_separator 
accents
\protected_separator 
on
\protected_separator 
ALL
\protected_separator 
chars.

\family default 
 Also make sure you're using the 
\family typewriter 
T1
\family default 
 font-encoding and have the package 
\family typewriter 
umlaute.sty
\family default 
 with the definition file 
\family typewriter 
iso.def
\family default 
 installed.
\layout Subsection

International Spellcheck Support
\layout Standard

LyX uses the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 spelling checker.
 You should configure 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 to work with your system if it does not already.
 To get the appropriate language dictionary, refer to the 
\family typewriter 
Where
\family default 
 file included with the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 package.
 Note that some dictionaries do not support the 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 encoding.
 If you have selected 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument->
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncoding
\family default 
\shape default 
 as 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 with one of these dictionaries, the spellchecker will not work for some
 people.
 Refer to section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:spellchecking}

\end_inset 

 for more details about international spellchecking.
\layout Chapter

LyX and LaTeX
\layout Section

How LyX Uses LaTeX
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex}

\end_inset 

This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious.
 In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable
 output.
 This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something
 about LaTeX.
\layout Standard

At one time, we called LyX a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 but that's no longer true.
 There are frontends to LaTeX out there.
 They are basically editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors
 in the file you're editing.
 Although LyX 
\emph on 
is
\emph default 
 an editor, and it 
\emph on 
does
\emph default 
 run LaTeX, and it also marks errors in the file, it also does much, much
 more.
 Thanks to the WYSIWYM concept,
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

What You See Is What You Mean
\end_float 
 you don't need LaTeX to use LyX effectively.
 LyX has also added a few extensions to LaTeX.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

The Team did this for parsing/coding reasons.
 The new macros allow LyX to more easily produce LaTeX code and ensure that
 the resulting code is correct.
 Nothing that you, the user, need worry about.
\end_float 
 Try the following sometime: select 
\family sans 
Export->as
\protected_separator 
LaTeX...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu, then look at the preamble of the resulting 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file.
 You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

A little bit of history: at one time, all of these macros were in a 
\family typewriter 
lyx.sty
\family default 
 file.
 The Team has since decided that 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 files generated by LyX should be more portable.
 So, now the macros are in the preamble.
\end_float 
 This is all transparent to the user, however.
\layout Standard

There are five commands that automatically invoke LaTeX.
 They are:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
View
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
d
\bar default 
vi
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew
\protected_separator 
PostScript
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
pdate
\protected_separator 
dvi
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Updat
\bar under 
e
\bar default 

\protected_separator 
Postscript
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rint...
\layout Standard

All of these are in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
 They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time
 LaTeX was run.
 
\layout Standard

When you run LaTeX on the file you're editing, LyX performs these steps:
\layout Enumerate

Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 in place of 
\family typewriter 
.lyx
\family default 
.
\layout Enumerate

Run LaTeX on the 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file (maybe several times).
\layout Enumerate

If there are any errors, mark them in the document.
\layout Standard

If you've run LaTeX using 
\family sans 
View
\protected_separator 
dvi
\family default 
, LyX then executes 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 on the Dvi file.
 If you've used 
\family sans 
View
\protected_separator 
PostScript
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rint...
\family default 

\protected_separator 
, LyX performs two more steps:
\layout Itemize

Run 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 to convert the Dvi file to PostScript®:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

For 
\family sans 
View
\protected_separator 
PostScript
\family default 
, the output file has the extension 
\family typewriter 
.ps_tmp
\layout Itemize

For 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rint...
\family default 

\protected_separator 
, the output file has the extension 
\family typewriter 
.ps
\family default 
, as expected.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Execute 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 or send the PostScript® file to the printer.
\layout Section


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Help! LyX generated an unreadable 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Die-hard LaTeX users will scream and howl this into the night, then declare
 LyX useless, simply because they didn't RTFM.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
: I know a certain faculty member who actually did complain to me that LyX
 doesn't generate LaTeX files.
 Ain't it funny how, sometimes, faculty are the worst at reading instructions?
\end_float 
\layout Standard

We're going to set the record straight.
 LyX produces two kinds of LaTeX files.
 One is human readable.
 The other is LyX readable.
 Every time LyX executes LaTeX, it produces a LaTeX file that it can easily
 scan for errors.
 The resulting 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file is not human readable.
 Don't even try to read it.
 If you want a 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file that you can send to a colleague, select 
\family sans 
Export->as
\protected_separator 
LaTeX...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Standard

We'll say that again, specially separated for the particularly clue-impaired:
\layout Quote
\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm 
If you want a 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file that you can send to a colleague, select 
\family sans 
Export->as
\protected_separator 
LaTeX...

\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Section

Translating LaTeX files into LyX
\layout Standard

Many LyX beginners are already familiar with LaTeX.
 They usually ask if it's possible to translate LaTeX files to LyX.
 The answer is, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

sort of.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 A LaTeX to LyX translator called reLyX is currently being developed, which
 will take a LaTeX file and convert it to LyX, leaving unknown commands
 and environments in a LaTeX environment.
 You can find the translator and instructions on its use in your LyX distributio
n under 
\family typewriter 
development/reLyX
\family default 
.
 While it is still new and buggy, it's being developed quickly, and can
 hopefully save you a lot of work.
\layout Standard

Upcoming versions of LyX will be able to read (almost) regular old LaTeX.
 However, until those are available, 
\family typewriter 
reLyX
\family default 
 may save you a lot of time.
\layout Standard

If you can't get 
\family typewriter 
reLyX
\family default 
 to work, or you just want to put a piece of LaTeX code into a LyX file,
 see Section
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Section

Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents 
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset 

 This is a rather important point: You can always insert LaTeX code into
 any LyX document.
 LyX simply cannot, and will probably never be able to, display every possible
 LaTeX construction.
 If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you have
 two options:
\layout Description

Inline: Mark a block of text as LaTeX anywhere, anytime.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

There are three ways to access this command:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Menu: 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout->
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
eX
\protected_separator 
Style
\layout Itemize

Toolbar Button: The button with the red word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

TeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 on it.
\layout Itemize

Keybinding: 
\family sans 
M-c
\protected_separator 
t
\layout Standard

It works just like a character style.
 You can toggle TeX Style on or off.
 When on, everything you type will be in TeX mode.
 You can also select a block of text and [for example] hit the TeX button
 to mark it as TeX code.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Best used for brief or small bits of LaTeX code.
 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

We've already encountered some of the uses of TeX Style in sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ligatures}

\end_inset 

.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Description


\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 

\protected_separator 
Environment: We've already encountered this one, too, in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:LaTeXlayout}

\end_inset 

.
 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 paragraph environment is for large blocks of LaTeX code.
 Using it is pretty simple if you follow a guideline or two:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Break lines using 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
.
 A plain 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 will reset the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
\layout Itemize

Don't begin lines with a 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
 LyX has a bug that gags on such lines.
 [I know, that means you can't indent your LaTeX code to make it look pretty.]
\layout Itemize

You 
\emph on 
CAN
\emph default 
 nest the 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 environment inside of others.
 For example, suppose you wanted to do the following:
\begin_deeper 
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
begin{itemize}
\newline 

\backslash 
item .....
\newline 
.
\newline 
.
\newline 
.
\newline 
%Your LaTeX Code to do something
\newline 
%
\newline 
.
\newline 
.
\newline 
.
\newline 

\backslash 
end{itemize}
\layout Standard

You can just nest a 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 environment inside of an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment to achieve the same thing.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Here's an example of code in the 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 paragraph environment.
 The code looks like this:
\begin_deeper 
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
begin{tabular}{ll}
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline 
This is an example for a minipage environment.
 You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
 
\newline 

\backslash 
end{minipage}
\newline 
&
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{verbatim}
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline 
This ...
 
\newline 

\backslash 
end{minipage}
\newline 

\backslash 
end{verbatim}
\newline 

\backslash 
end{minipage}
\newline 

\backslash 
end{tabular}
\layout Standard

What follows is the 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 environment proper.
 Those of you reading the manual online will only see a bunch of funky text
 in red.
 Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results:
\layout LaTeX


\backslash 
begin{tabular}{ll}
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline 
This is an example for a minipage environment.
 You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
 
\newline 

\backslash 
end{minipage}
\newline 
&
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{verbatim}
\newline 

\backslash 
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline 
This ...
 
\newline 

\backslash 
end{minipage}
\newline 

\backslash 
end{verbatim}
\newline 

\backslash 
end{minipage}
\newline 

\backslash 
end{tabular}
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

In addition to these two methods, you can also create a separate file containing
 some complex LaTeX structure.
 You can then use either the 
\family sans 
TeX
\protected_separator 
Style
\family default 
 or the 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\family default 
 paragraph environment to put the LaTeX command 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
input{myfile}
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 into your document.
 LaTeX will then include the file 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
myfile.tex
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 [note the addition of the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 suffix] into your document.
 We recommend that you only do this if you have a 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file which you 
\emph on 
know
\emph default 
 works already.
 Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\layout Standard

There are a few last notes to emphasize:
\layout Itemize

Inside of LyX, LaTeX code appears 
\emph on 
in red.
\layout Itemize

LyX 
\emph on 
does not
\emph default 
 check if your LaTeX code is correct.
\layout Itemize

Beware reinventing the wheel.
\layout Standard

That last note refers to two things.
 First, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are
 coming.
 Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such
 feature before you go off merrily coding LaTeX.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
: I seem to do this an awful lot.
 Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to
 learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this.
 Worse yet - I had them already!
\end_float 
 Second, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of
 things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables.
 Check out a CTAN site for details.
\layout Standard

If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be
 sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance.
 There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of this manual.
\layout Standard

There are a number of LaTeX commands which have to be placed before the
 beginning of the actual text.
 They go into the preamble, and this is explained in the next section.
\layout Section

LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
\layout Subsection

About the LaTeX Preamble
\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble}

\end_inset 

If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble
 is good for.
 If you don't, the following will give you some ideas --- we recommend again
 that you consult a LaTeX book for further information.
 In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what
 you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX
 document.
\layout Standard

The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, 
\emph on 
before 
\emph default 
the text.
 It serves to:
\layout Itemize

declare the document class.
 LyX already does this for you.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nicians, and you have some custom document class
 you want to use, check out the 
\emph on 
Customization Manual
\emph default 
 for info how to make LyX interface to it.
 Be sure to submit your efforts to the LyX Team for inclusion in future
 versions!
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

declare the usage of packages.
 LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within
 a document when the package has been declared in the preamble.
 For example, the
\family typewriter 
 
\family default 
package 
\family typewriter 
indentfirst
\family default 
 forces all paragraphs to be indented.
 There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc.
 
\layout Itemize

set counters, variables, lengths and widths.
 There are several LaTeX counters and variables which 
\emph on 
must
\emph default 
 be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect.
 [There are other variables which you can set and reset inside the document,
 too.] Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble.
 Another example is the label format for lists.
 You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it
 just once, inside the preamble.
\layout Itemize

declare user defined commands [with 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
newcommand 
\family default 
or 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
renewcommand
\family default 
], mostly abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside
 a document.
 Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
 be declared anywhere else [but 
\emph on 
before
\emph default 
 they are used for the first time, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
].
 This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document,
 which normally should not be the case.
\layout Standard

LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file it produces.
 This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable.
\layout Subsection

Changing the Preamble
\layout Standard

The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you
 can't change them without patching LyX itself.
 You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble.
 There are two ways to do this:
\layout Enumerate

Select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
aTeX
\protected_separator 
preamble
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
ayout
\family default 
 menu.
 This opens an editing popup in which you can put your favorite commands.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

The editing behavior of this popup is toolkit-dependent, so don't expect
 the LyX keybindings to work in it.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Set this in your default template (see 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:setup}

\end_inset 

), so that it will be the default preamble for any file you create.
\layout Standard

LyX adds anything in the 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\protected_separator 
preamble
\family default 
 popup to its own built-in preamble.
 Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure
 that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do [remember what we
 said about reinventing the wheel?].
 Also 
\emph on 
make sure your preamble code is correct
\emph default 
.
 LyX doesn't check it.
\layout Subsection

Examples
\layout Standard

Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they
 do:
\layout Subsubsection

Example #1: Offsets
\layout Standard

There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position: 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
hoffset
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
voffset
\family default 
.
 Their names should be self-explanatory.
 These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels.
 Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you
 can actually print on aren't the same.
 This is where 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
hoffset
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
voffset
\family default 
 come in.
\layout Standard

The default values for 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
hoffset
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
voffset
\family default 
 are both 0 pt.,
\protected_separator 
i.
\protected_separator 
e.
\protected_separator 
the page isn't shifted.
\layout Standard

Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page.
 We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior.
 If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and
 your sysadmin is a doofus, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
hoffset
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
voffset
\family default 
 can save the day.
 Suppose you're left and top margins are always 0.5 inches too big.
 You can add this to the preamble:
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
setlength{
\backslash 
hoffset}{-0.5 in}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
setlength{
\backslash 
voffset}{-0.5 in}
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
and your margins should now be correct.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #2: Labels
\layout Standard

Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels.
 There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive,
 for printing sheets of labels, called 
\family typewriter 
labels.sty
\family default 
.
 Now, your system may not have this package installed by default.
 We leave that up to you to check.
 You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do
 that for you.
 Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you
 use this package.
\layout Standard

First, make sure you're using the 
\family sans 
article 
\family default 
document class.
 Next, you need to put the following in your preamble:
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
usepackage{labels}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
LabelCols=3
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
LabelRows=7
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
LeftBorder=8mm
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
RightBorder=8mm
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
TopBorder=9mm
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
BottomBorder=2mm
\layout Standard

This sets things up for Avery® label sheets, stock #5360.
 You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code,
 placing the commands 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
begin{labels}
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
end{labels}
\family default 
 around each label text.
 This and other special features of 
\family typewriter 
labels.sty
\family default 
 are explained in its documentation.
\layout Standard

Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly.
 Maybe that someone is you.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
\layout Standard

Americans are all trained to indent the first line of 
\emph on 
every
\emph default 
 paragraph.
 As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and
 moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
: This was written by an American --- 
\emph on 
me
\emph default 
! It's my perception of my fellow countrymen.
 Tough if you don't like it.
 Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp!
\end_float 
\layout Standard

Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography.
 In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph 
\emph on 
if
\emph default 
 it follows another one.
 The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish
 neighboring paragraphs from one another.
 If there is no previous paragraph, for example, it follows a figure, or
 is the first paragraph in a section, then there is no special indentation.
 
\layout Standard

If you're a typical American, though, you don't care about such esoteric
 things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble:
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
usepackage{indentfirst}
\layout Standard

If your TeX distribution isn't a braindead one, you'll have this package,
 and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation you think they deserve.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #4: Numbering in the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 Paragraph Environment
\layout Standard

The default numbering for the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 paragraph environment begins with Arabic numbers and ends with uppercase
 letters.
 Suppose, however, you wanted a different type of numbering scheme.
 As promised, we'll now describe how to do that.
\layout Standard

Here's a quickie example of how to change the numbering scheme:
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumi}{
\backslash 
Roman{enumi}.}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumii}{
\backslash 
Alph{enumii}.}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumiii}{
\backslash 
arabic{enumiii}.}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumiv}{
\backslash 
alph{enumiv}.)}
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
which changes the numbering scheme to uppercase Roman numerals, uppercase
 letters, Arabic numbers, and lowercase letter.
\layout Standard

Additionally, the previous example also adds a little bit extra to the numbering
 scheme.
 For example, the first level label actually looks like: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

I.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 For ease of reading, we'll describe what the numbering schemes look like
 using a notation something like this: <
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

I.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

,
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

,
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

1.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

,
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

a.)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

>.
 
\layout Standard

As you can see in the example, there is a label command for each nesting
 level, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
labelenumi
\family default 
 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
labelenumiv
\family default 
, as well as a counter, 
\family typewriter 
enumi
\family default 
 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 
\family typewriter 
enumiv
\family default 
.
 There are also five 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

number printing
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 commands, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
arabic{}
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
roman{}
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
Roman{}
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
alph{}
\family default 
, and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
Alph{}
\family default 
, each of which take one counter as an argument.
 You can add characters before or after these, but there's no need to add
 spaces.
\layout Standard

You can get really fancy with these.
 For example:
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumi}{
\backslash 
#
\backslash 
Alph{enumi}
\backslash 
#}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumii}{
\backslash 
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash 
arabic{enumii}}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumiii}{
\backslash 
alph{enumiii}+}
\layout LyX-Code


\backslash 
renewcommand{
\backslash 
labelenumiv}{(
\backslash 
roman{enumiv})}
\layout Standard

produces the somewhat out of hand numbering scheme: <
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

#A#
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

,
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

A.1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

,
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

a+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

,
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

(i)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

>.
 
\layout Standard

As with all preamble commands, none of this shows up in LyX, which is only
 WYSIWYM, but will be in the final output.
 It's up to you to make sure that your preamble code has the desired effect.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #5: This Document
\layout Standard

You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some
 of the advanced things you can do.
 You'll probably need to make the 
\family sans 
LaTeX
\protected_separator 
preamble
\family default 
 popup full-screen to see most of it.
\layout Section

LyX and LaTeX Errors
\layout Standard

When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep
 going.
 It then uses the log-file from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem.
 As we stated earlier in the chapter, LyX generates two kinds of 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 files, one of which it uses to locate errors in the document.
 If there was an error someplace, LyX will put a box with the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Error
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 at the appropriate place in the document.
\begin_float footnote 
\layout Standard

LyX will occasionally misguess where the error was.
 This will typically happen with tables, figures, math, and the preamble.
\end_float 
 It will also display a message popup alerting you to the fact that there
 were errors.
\layout Standard

You can navigate through the errors by using 
\family sans 
Go
\protected_separator 
to
\protected_separator 

\bar under 
E
\bar default 
rror
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
 menu.
 You can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

open
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the error-boxes and view the error message LaTeX produced by clicking on
 it.
\layout Standard

Some folks also like to look at the log file directly, accessible from
\family sans 
 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit->
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew LaTeX log file
\family default 
.
 There are some fairly common error messages an warnings.
 We'll cover those here.
 You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing.
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
LaTeX Warning:
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Anything beginning with these word is a warning message for the purpose
 of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

debugging
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the LaTeX code itself.
 You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references
 or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that
 you need to make another run.
\layout Standard

You can by-and-large ignore these.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
LaTeX Font Warning:
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find.
 The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font
 that LaTeX used.
\layout Standard

You can safely ignore these.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
Overfull 
\backslash 
hbox
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

LaTeX absolutely 
\emph on 
loves
\emph default 
 to spew these out.
 They are warning you about lines that were too long and run past the right
 margin.
 Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output.
 Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin.
 LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any
 document you write.
\layout Standard

You can ignore these stupid messages.
 Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too
 wide; just look at the output.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
Underfull 
\backslash 
hbox
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Not quite as common as its cousin.
 LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to
 ones that are a bit too narrow.
 We have no idea why.
\layout Standard

You can ignore these, too.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
Overfull 
\backslash 
vbox
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
Underfull 
\backslash 
vbox
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Warnings about troubles breaking the page.
 Once again, just look at the output.
 Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 
\family typewriter 
LaTeX Error: File 
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset 

Xxxx
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset 

 not found
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

The file 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Xxxx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 isn't installed on this system.
 This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed.
 If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
usepackage{}
\family default 
 command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing.
 Use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
elp->L
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
TeX Configuration
\family default 
, to get a list of packages that LyX knows about.
 This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using 
\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
ption->
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
econfigure
\family default 
) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do.
\layout Standard

If you 
\emph on 
did
\emph default 
 use the 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
usepackage{}
\family default 
 command, and the package in question isn't installed, you'll need to install
 it yourself.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
LaTeX Error: Unknown option
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified
 a bad or undefined option to a package.
 Check the package's documentation.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
Undefined control sequence
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll
 get one of these.
 You may have forgotten to load a package.
 In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined
 command.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

There are other error and warning messages.
 Some are self-explanatory.
 These are usually LaTeX messages.
 Others are downright cryptic.
 These are actually TeX error messages, and we really have 
\emph on 
no clue
\emph default 
 what they mean or how to decipher them.
\layout Standard

There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages:
\layout Enumerate

Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos.
\layout Enumerate

If there are no typos, check and see that you used the command(s) correctly.
\layout Enumerate

If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document,
 it means that there are errors in the preamble.
 Start debugging your preamble.
\layout Enumerate

If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code
 to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself.
 Check for missing packages and install them.
\layout Enumerate

Okay, so there are no missing packages.
 Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you
 
\emph on 
misuse
\emph default 
 any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of 
\family sans 
Protected
\protected_separator 
Blank
\family default 
s, 
\family sans 
Linebreak
\family default 
s, or 
\family sans 
Pagebreak
\family default 
s? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using
 the appropriate paragraph environment?
\layout Enumerate

All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by
 the rules.
 Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside
 a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell?
\layout Enumerate

Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX [currently] doesn't check to
 make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments.
 If you nested a bunch of environments to the 
\begin_inset Formula \( 17^{\mathrm{th}} \)
\end_inset 

 level, that's the problem.
\layout Enumerate

Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks whacked.
 If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you
 need to:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

rescale the figure so it fits.
\layout Enumerate

trim down the table so it fits.
\layout Standard

If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything
 fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

If all this doesn't help --- well, then 
\emph on 
perhaps
\emph default 
 you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\layout Chapter

Credits
\layout Standard

The documentation is something of an exercise in stone-soup.
 There are lots of hands that have contributed something to the pot.
\layout Standard

First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
 to provide information:
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default 
 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
 as the introduction to this manual [or the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LyX Manifesto,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as some of us call it].
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\noun default 
 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
 support in LyX.
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Ivan Schreter
\noun default 
 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
nal keyboard maps and customization.
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Pascal André
\noun default 
 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
\noun default 
 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
 in 
\family typewriter 
Reference.lyx
\layout Itemize

Special thanks to the LyX Team
\protected_separator 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}

\end_inset 

 for help and answers to questions.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Next, it's time to give credit to the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LyX Documentation Team,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
 it had after ver.
 0.10:
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
David Johnson
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Contributor to the FAQ and 
\family typewriter 
HowDoI-.lyx
\layout Itemize

General editing assistance.
\layout Itemize

Documentation of: 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

math mode 
\layout Itemize

tables
\layout Itemize

spellchecking
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Rich Fields
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Primary contributor to 
\family typewriter 
Reference.lyx
\layout Itemize

Documentation of the basic LyX interface in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Paul Evans
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Maintainer of the FAQ and 
\family typewriter 
HowDoI-.lyx
\layout Itemize

Documentation of LinuxDoc in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Paul Russel:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of figures and imported graphics in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
John Raithel
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of internationalization features in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Robin Socha:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

footnotes
\layout Itemize

margin notes
\layout Itemize

table of contents
\layout Itemize

cross-references
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Amir Karger
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Primary contributor to 
\family typewriter 
Tutorial.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Matthias Zenker:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

manual fine-tuning 
\layout Itemize

using LaTeX from within LyX
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

General organization and format of the documents.
\layout Itemize

Documentation of :
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

LyX setup
\layout Itemize

paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
with some minor changes to 
\noun on 
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default 
's introduction section in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Also responsible for Introduction in 
\family typewriter 
Tutorial.lyx
\layout Itemize

Editor of the documents.
 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
 documentation.
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {lyxcredit}

The LyX source tree.
 File: CREDITS.
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {latexbook}

Leslie Lamport.
 
\emph on 
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
 
\emph default 
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {latexcompanion}

Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: 
\emph on 
The
\latex latex 
 
\latex default 
LaTeX Companion.
 
\emph default 
Addison-Wesley, 1994
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {latexguide}

A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly.
 
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {texbook}

Donald E.
 Knuth.
 
\emph on 
The TeXbook
\the_end
